You are on page 1of 326



 C F M 
 
 56 

__________
HIGHLIGHTS

REVISION NO. 63 May 01/10

Pages which have been revised are outlined below, together with the Highlights of the
Revision

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CH/SE/SU C REASON FOR CHANGE EFFECTIVITY
PAGES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CHAPTER 77
__________

L.E.P. 1- 3 REVISED TO REFLECT THIS REVISION INDICATING


NEW,REVISED, AND/OR DELETED PAGES
77-22-10 LAYOUT IMPROVED OR EFFECTIVITY UPDATED
407- 408

77-23-10 CORRECTION/ADDITION/AMPLIFICATION ALL


406- 411 REVISED WRONG IPC LINK

77-31-30 LAYOUT IMPROVED OR EFFECTIVITY UPDATED


407- 408

77-HIGHLIGHTS Page 1 of 1
REVISION NO. 63 May 01/10

AAA

 C F M 
 
 56 

CHAPTER 77
__________

ENGINE INDICATING

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES


_______________________
N, R or D indicates pages which are New, Revised or Deleted respectively
Remove and insert the affected pages and complete the Record of Revisions and
the Record of Temporary Revisions as necessary

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

RECORD 77-11-10 404 Feb01/96 77-21-10 420 May01/07


OF TEMP. 77-11-10 405 Nov01/09 77-21-10 421 May01/07
REVISION 77-11-10 406 Nov01/08 77-21-10 422 May01/07
77-11-10 407 Nov01/08 77-21-10 423 May01/04
L.E.P. R 1- 3 May01/10 77-11-10 408 Nov01/08 77-21-10 424 May01/04
T. of C. 1 May01/09 77-11-10 409 May01/96 77-21-10 425 May01/04
T. of C. 2 Nov01/09 77-11-20 401 Feb01/96 77-21-10 426 May01/04
T. of C. 3 Nov01/04 77-11-20 402 May01/08 77-21-10 427 Nov01/09
T. of C. 4 May01/08 77-11-20 403 Feb01/96 77-21-10 428 Nov01/09
77-11-20 404 Nov01/09 77-21-10 429 May01/06
77-00-00 1 Feb01/96 77-11-20 405 May01/96 77-21-10 430 Nov01/06
77-00-00 2 Feb01/96 77-11-20 406 May01/96 77-21-10 431 May01/07
77-00-00 3 Feb01/96 77-11-20 407 Feb01/96 77-21-10 432 Nov01/06
77-00-00 4 May01/03 77-11-20 408 Feb01/96 77-21-10 433 Nov01/06
77-00-00 5 May01/03 77-21-10 434 Nov01/06
77-00-00 401 May01/09 77-20-00 1 May01/04 77-21-10 435 May01/08
77-00-00 402 May01/09 77-20-00 2 May01/04 77-21-10 436 May01/07
77-00-00 403 Nov01/04 77-20-00 3 May01/04 77-21-10 437 May01/07
77-00-00 404 Nov01/04 77-20-00 4 May01/04 77-21-10 438 May01/07
77-00-00 501 Nov01/09 77-20-00 5 May01/04 77-21-10 439 May01/07
77-00-00 502 Nov01/09 77-20-00 6 May01/04 77-21-10 440 May01/08
77-00-00 503 May01/03 77-20-00 7 May01/04 77-21-10 441 Nov01/09
77-00-00 504 Feb01/96 77-21-10 442 Nov01/09
77-00-00 505 May01/03 77-21-10 401 May01/04 77-21-10 443 Nov01/09
77-00-00 506 May01/03 77-21-10 402 May01/04 77-21-10 444 May01/08
77-00-00 507 Nov01/07 77-21-10 403 May01/08 77-21-10 445 May01/08
77-00-00 508 Nov01/07 77-21-10 404 May01/04 77-21-10 446 May01/07
77-21-10 405 May01/04 77-21-10 447 May01/07
77-10-00 1 Aug01/96 77-21-10 406 May01/04 77-21-10 448 May01/08
77-10-00 2 Aug01/96 77-21-10 407 Nov01/09 77-21-10 449 Nov01/09
77-10-00 3 Feb01/96 77-21-10 408 Nov01/09 77-21-10 450 May01/07
77-10-00 4 Aug01/98 77-21-10 409 Nov01/09 77-21-10 451 May01/07
77-10-00 5 Feb01/96 77-21-10 410 Nov01/09 77-21-10 452 May01/07
77-10-00 6 Aug01/96 77-21-10 411 Nov01/09 77-21-10 453 May01/07
77-10-00 7 Aug01/96 77-21-10 412 Nov01/09 77-21-10 454 Nov01/09
77-10-00 8 Aug01/96 77-21-10 413 May01/04 77-21-10 455 Nov01/09
77-10-00 9 Aug01/96 77-21-10 414 Nov01/06 77-21-10 456 Nov01/09
77-10-00 10 Feb01/96 77-21-10 415 Nov01/06 77-21-10 457 Nov01/09
77-21-10 416 Nov01/06 77-21-10 458 Nov01/09
77-11-10 401 May01/08 77-21-10 417 May01/07 77-21-10 459 Nov01/09
77-11-10 402 May01/08 77-21-10 418 Nov01/09 77-21-10 460 Nov01/09
77-11-10 403 Feb01/96 77-21-10 419 Nov01/06 77-21-10 461 Nov01/09

77-L.E.P. Page 1
May 01/10

AAA

 C F M 
 
 56 

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

77-21-10 462 Nov01/09 77-22-10 R 408 May01/10 77-31-10 501 Nov01/05


77-21-10 463 Nov01/09 77-22-10 409 Feb01/96 77-31-10 502 Nov01/05
77-21-10 464 Nov01/09 77-22-10 410 Feb01/96 77-31-10 503 Nov01/05
77-21-10 465 Nov01/09 77-22-10 411 May01/07 77-31-10 504 Nov01/09
77-21-10 466 Nov01/09 77-22-10 601 Nov01/07 77-31-30 401 Feb01/96
77-21-10 467 Nov01/09 77-22-10 602 Nov01/07 77-31-30 402 Feb01/96
77-21-10 468 Nov01/09 77-22-10 603 May01/05 77-31-30 403 Nov01/09
77-21-10 469 Nov01/09 77-22-10 604 Feb01/96 77-31-30 404 Feb01/96
77-21-10 470 Nov01/09 77-22-10 605 Nov01/06 77-31-30 405 Feb01/96
77-21-10 471 Nov01/09 77-22-10 606 Nov01/07 77-31-30 406 Feb01/96
77-21-10 472 Nov01/09 77-31-30 R 407 May01/10
77-21-10 473 Nov01/09 77-23-10 401 May01/00 77-31-30 R 408 May01/10
77-21-10 474 Nov01/09 77-23-10 402 May01/00 77-31-30 409 Feb01/96
77-21-10 475 Nov01/09 77-23-10 403 May01/03 77-31-30 410 Nov01/09
77-21-10 476 Nov01/09 77-23-10 404 May01/03 77-31-30 411 Nov01/09
77-21-10 477 Nov01/09 77-23-10 405 Nov01/09 77-31-30 412 Nov01/09
77-21-10 478 Nov01/09 77-23-10 R 406 May01/10 77-31-30 413 Nov01/09
77-21-10 479 Nov01/09 77-23-10 R 407 May01/10 77-31-30 501 Feb01/96
77-21-10 480 Nov01/09 77-23-10 R 408 May01/10 77-31-30 502 Feb01/96
77-21-10 481 Nov01/09 77-23-10 R 409 May01/10 77-31-30 503 May01/04
77-21-10 482 Nov01/09 77-23-10 R 410 May01/10 77-31-30 504 Nov01/96
77-21-10 483 Nov01/09 77-23-10 N 411 May01/10 77-31-30 505 Feb01/96
77-21-10 484 Nov01/09 77-31-30 601 Aug01/96
77-21-10 485 Nov01/09 77-30-00 1 May01/08 77-31-30 602 Aug01/96
77-21-10 486 Nov01/09 77-30-00 2 Feb01/98 77-31-30 603 Aug01/96
77-21-10 487 Nov01/09 77-30-00 3 Feb01/98 77-31-30 604 Feb01/96
77-21-10 601 Nov01/09 77-30-00 4 Feb01/98 77-31-30 605 Aug01/96
77-21-10 602 May01/04 77-30-00 5 Feb01/98
77-21-10 603 May01/04 77-30-00 6 Feb01/98 77-32-34 401 May01/08
77-21-10 604 May01/04 77-30-00 7 Feb01/98 77-32-34 402 May01/02
77-21-10 605 May01/04 77-30-00 8 Feb01/96 77-32-34 403 Feb01/96
77-21-10 606 May01/04 77-30-00 9 Feb01/98 77-32-34 404 May01/07
77-21-10 607 May01/09 77-30-00 10 Feb01/98 77-32-34 405 May01/08
77-21-10 608 May01/09 77-30-00 11 Feb01/96 77-32-34 406 May01/02
77-21-10 609 May01/09 77-30-00 12 Feb01/96 77-32-34 501 Nov01/06
77-21-10 610 May01/09 77-30-00 13 May01/07 77-32-34 502 Nov01/00
77-21-10 611 May01/09 77-30-00 14 Nov01/01 77-32-34 503 Feb01/96
77-21-10 612 May01/09 77-30-00 15 Nov01/01 77-32-34 504 May01/08
77-21-10 613 May01/09 77-30-00 16 May01/08 77-32-34 505 May01/08
77-21-10 614 May01/09 77-30-00 17 Nov01/01 77-32-34 506 May01/08
77-21-10 615 May01/09 77-30-00 18 Nov01/01 77-32-34 507 May01/08
77-21-10 616 May01/09 77-30-00 19 May01/08 77-32-34 508 May01/08
77-21-10 617 May01/04 77-30-00 20 May01/08 77-32-34 509 May01/08
77-30-00 21 May01/08 77-32-34 510 May01/08
77-22-10 401 Feb01/96 77-30-00 22 Nov01/01 77-32-34 511 May01/08
77-22-10 402 Feb01/96 77-30-00 23 May01/08 77-32-34 512 May01/08
77-22-10 403 Feb01/96 77-30-00 24 May01/08 77-32-34 513 May01/08
77-22-10 404 Feb01/96 77-30-00 25 May01/08 77-32-34 514 May01/08
77-22-10 405 Feb01/96 77-30-00 26 May01/08 77-32-34 515 May01/08
77-22-10 406 Feb01/96 77-30-00 27 May01/08 77-32-34 516 May01/08
77-22-10 R 407 May01/10 77-32-34 517 May01/08

77-L.E.P. Page 2
May 01/10

AAA

 C F M 
 
 56 

CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE CH/SE/SU C PAGE DATE

77-32-34 518 May01/08 77-32-34 569 May01/08


77-32-34 519 May01/08 77-32-34 570 May01/08
77-32-34 520 May01/08 77-32-34 571 May01/08
77-32-34 521 May01/08 77-32-34 572 May01/08
77-32-34 522 May01/08 77-32-34 573 May01/08
77-32-34 523 May01/08 77-32-34 574 May01/08
77-32-34 524 May01/08 77-32-34 575 May01/08
77-32-34 525 May01/08 77-32-34 576 May01/08
77-32-34 526 May01/08
77-32-34 527 May01/08
77-32-34 528 May01/08
77-32-34 529 May01/08
77-32-34 530 May01/08
77-32-34 531 May01/08
77-32-34 532 May01/08
77-32-34 533 May01/08
77-32-34 534 May01/08
77-32-34 535 May01/08
77-32-34 536 May01/08
77-32-34 537 May01/08
77-32-34 538 May01/08
77-32-34 539 May01/08
77-32-34 540 May01/08
77-32-34 541 May01/08
77-32-34 542 May01/08
77-32-34 543 May01/08
77-32-34 544 May01/08
77-32-34 545 May01/08
77-32-34 546 May01/08
77-32-34 547 May01/08
77-32-34 548 May01/08
77-32-34 549 May01/08
77-32-34 550 May01/08
77-32-34 551 May01/08
77-32-34 552 May01/08
77-32-34 553 May01/08
77-32-34 554 May01/08
77-32-34 555 May01/08
77-32-34 556 May01/08
77-32-34 557 May01/08
77-32-34 558 May01/08
77-32-34 559 May01/08
77-32-34 560 May01/08
77-32-34 561 Nov01/09
77-32-34 562 May01/08
77-32-34 563 May01/08
77-32-34 564 May01/08
77-32-34 565 May01/08
77-32-34 566 May01/08
77-32-34 567 May01/08
77-32-34 568 Nov01/09

77-L.E.P. Page 3
May 01/10

AAA

 C F M 
 
 56 

CHAPTER 77
__________

ENGINE INDICATING

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT ________
CH/SE/SU C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
ENGINE INDICATING - GENERAL
___________________________ 77-00-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Component Location 1 ALL
Indicating 1 ALL
General 1 ALL

____________________________
ENGINE INDICATING - GENERAL 77-00-00
DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION 401 ALL
ENGINE TYPE CHECK 401 ALL
Refer to the MMEL TASK: 77-00-04 401 ALL

____________________________
ENGINE INDICATING - GENERAL 77-00-00
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Read of the N1, N2 and EGT Max 501 ALL
Pointers
Reset of the N1, N2 and EGT Max 505 ALL
Pointers

_____
POWER 77-10-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
N1 Indicating System 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
N1 Speed Sensor 1 ALL
N1 Indication 4 ALL
N2 Indicating System 6 ALL
General 6 ALL
N2 Speed Sensor 6 ALL
N2 Indication 8 ALL
N1 SPEED SENSOR 77-11-10
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the N1 Speed Sensor 401 ALL
(4000EV)
Installation of the N1 Speed 405 ALL
Sensor (4000EV)
N2 SPEED SENSOR 77-11-20
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the N2 Speed Sensor 401 ALL
(4001EV)
Installation of the N2 Speed 404 ALL
Sensor (4001EV)

TEMPERATURE
___________ 77-20-00

77-CONTENTS Page 1
May 01/09
R
AAA

 C F M 
 
 56 

CHAPTER 77
__________

ENGINE INDICATING

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
The T495 thermocouple wiring 1 ALL
harness consists of:
Description 1 ALL
The electromotive force is 6 ALL
averaged first in each of the
individual lead assembly (2
probes and 3 probes), then in
the main junction box assembly
EGT indication 6 ALL
T495 THERMOCOUPLE 77-21-10
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Upper Extension 401 ALL
Lead
Installation of the Upper 407 ALL
Extension Lead
Removal of the Lower Extension 411 ALL
Lead
Installation of the Lower 418 ALL
Extension Lead
Removal of the Main Junction Box 422 ALL
Installation of the Main Junction 428 ALL
Box
Removal of the Upper Right 433 ALL
Thermocouple Lead Assembly
Installation of the Upper Right 441 ALL
Thermocouple Lead Assembly
Removal of the Lower Left 447 ALL
Thermocouple Lead Assembly
Installation of the Lower Left 455 ALL
Thermocouple Lead Assembly
Removal of the Upper Left 461 ALL
Thermocouple Lead Assembly
Installation of the Upper Left 469 ALL
Thermocouple Lead Assembly
Removal of the Lower Right 475 ALL
Thermocouple Lead Assembly
Installation of the Lower Right 482 ALL
Thermocouple Lead Assembly
T495 THERMOCOUPLE 77-21-10
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Inspection/Check of the T495 601 ALL
Thermocouple Wiring Harness
T5 SENSOR 77-22-10
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL

77-CONTENTS Page 2
Nov 01/09
R
AAA

 C F M 
 
 56 

CHAPTER 77
__________

ENGINE INDICATING

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ ____ ___________
PAGE EFFECTIVITY
Removal of the T5 Sensor 401 ALL
Installation of the T5 Sensor 407 ALL
T5 SENSOR 77-22-10
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Visual Inspection of the T5 Sensor 601 ALL
T3 THERMOCOUPLE 77-23-10
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Compressor 401 ALL
Discharge Temperature (T3) Sensor
Installation of the Compressor 406 ALL
Discharge Temperature (T3) Sensor

_________
ANALYZERS 77-30-00
DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION 1 ALL
General 1 ALL
Engine Vibration Sensor 2 ALL
No. 1 Bearing Vibration Sensor 2 ALL
Turbine Rear Frame Vibration 4 ALL
Sensor
Engine Vibration Monitoring Unit 4 ALL
(EVMU)
General 4 ALL
Description 9 ALL
Power Supply 13 ALL
Operation. 13 ALL
Interfaces 17 ALL
NO.1 BEARING VIBRATION SENSOR 77-31-10
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Electrical Test of the No.1 501 ALL
Bearing Vibration Sensor (4002EV)
TURBINE REAR FRAME BEARING VIBRATION 77-31-30
SENSOR
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Turbine Rear Frame 401 ALL
Vibration Sensor
Installation of the Turbine Rear 408 ALL
Frame Vibration Sensor
TURBINE REAR FRAME BEARING VIBRATION 77-31-30
SENSOR
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Functional Test of the Turbine 501 ALL
Rear Frame Vibration Sensor
TURBINE REAR FRAME BEARING VIBRATION 77-31-30
SENSOR
INSPECTION/CHECK 601 ALL
Visual Inspection of the TRF 601 ALL

77-CONTENTS Page 3
Nov 01/04
R
AAA

 C F M 
 
 56 

CHAPTER 77
__________

ENGINE INDICATING

TABLE OF CONTENTS
_________________

_______
SUBJECT CH/SE/SU
________ C
_ PAGE ___________
____ EFFECTIVITY
Vibration Sensor
MONITORING UNIT - ENGINE VIBRATION 77-32-34
(EVMU)
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION 401 ALL
Removal of the Monitoring Unit 401 ALL
Engine Vibration (EVMU) (2EV)
Installation of the Vibration 404 ALL
Monitoring Unit (EVMU)
MONITORING UNIT - ENGINE VIBRATION 77-32-34
(EVMU)
ADJUSTMENT/TEST 501 ALL
Operational Check of EVMU through 501 ALL
CFDS
Acquire, Cancel, Read and Load 504 007-099,
Initial Values
Change the configuration of the 513 ALL
Accelerometer
Acquire Unbalance Data During the 520 ALL
Flight and Read Unbalance Data
Unbalance Parameter Acquisition on 535 ALL
the Ground
Load Frequency Analysis 545 ALL
Cancel Frequency Analysis Demand 556 ALL
Fan Trim Balance with the EVMU 561 010-010, 101-199
(one Shot Method)
Fan Trim Balance with the EVMU 568 010-010, 101-199
(Vectorial Method)

77-CONTENTS Page 4
May 01/08
R
AAA

 C F M 
 
 56 

ENGINE INDICATING - GENERAL - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________________________________

1. _______
General
The engine power management is effected by means of :
- the ECAM system (upper and lower display units of the ECAM system)
- the warning and caution systems.
The engine monitoring is carried out by means of :
- the ECU and the ECAM
- the vibration monitoring system with a display on the ECAM.
This chapter deals only with :
- the engine management main-parameters (N1, N1 LIM, N1 MAX, N1 REF, N1 CMD,
N2 and EGT)
- the engine vibration monitoring-system of the engine.
The other engine parameters are described in the other chapters :
The AIDS system (Ref. 31-36-00) receives the engine monitoring parameters
through the FADEC (Ref. 73-20-00).

2. Component
__________________
Location
(Ref. Fig. 001)

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIN I FUNCTIONAL DESIGNATION I PANELIZONEIACCESS I ATA
I I I I DOOR I REF.
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4000EV SENSOR-N1 ROTATIONAL SPD 77-11-10
4001EV SENSOR-N2 ROTATIONAL SPD 77-11-20
4002EV ACCLRM-No. 1 BRG VIB 77-31-10
4003EV SENSOR-TRF VIB 77-31-30
2EV EVMU 86VU 128 824 77-32-34
T495 THERMOCOUPLE 77-21-10

3. Indicating
__________

A. General
The engine primary parameters are permanently displayed on the upper ECAM
display unit.
The secondary parameters are displayed on the lower ECAM display unit
when selected automatically or manually.

(1) Upper Display Unit of the ECAM System


(Ref. Fig. 002)
- Actual N1
- N1 Command (Ref. 77-10-00)
- Transient N1 (blue arc) (Ref. 77-10-00)
- N1 TLA (white circle) (Ref. 77-10-00)
- Max N1 (Ref. 77-10-00)
- Max permissible N1 (Ref. 77-10-00)



EFF :

ALL  77-00-00

Page 1
Feb 01/96
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


Control and Indicating - Component Location


Figure 001



EFF :

ALL  77-00-00

Page 2
Feb 01/96
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


Upper Display Unit of the ECAM System - Configuration Display


Figure 002



EFF :

ALL  77-00-00

Page 3
Feb 01/96
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

- N1 exceedance (Ref. 77-10-00)
- REV indication (Ref. 78-00-00)
- Bump or Boost indication (Ref. 73-25-00)
- Thrust limit mode (Ref. 73-25-00)
- N1 rating limit (Ref. 77-10-00)
- Actual EGT (Ref. 77-20-00)
- Max EGT (Ref. 77-20-00)
- Max permissible EGT (Ref. 77-20-00)
- EGT exceedance (Ref. 77-20-00)
- HP rotor speed N2 (Ref. 77-10-00)
- Fuel Flow (Ref. 73-30-00)
- Engine Anti Ice on (Ref. 30-21-00)
R

(2) Lower Display Unit of the ECAM System


R (Ref. Fig. 003)
- Fuel used indication (Ref. 28-40-00)
- Oil quantity Indication (Ref. 79-31-00)
- Oil pressure indication (Ref 79-34-00) and 79-33-00)
- Oil temperature indication (Ref. 79-32-00)
- VIB indications (Ref. 77-30-00)
- Oil filter clog indication (Ref. 79-35-00)
- Fuel filter clog indication (Ref. 73-30-00)
- Ignition indication - only during start sequence (Ref 74-10-00)
- Starter shutoff valve position indication - only during start
sequence (Ref. 80-10-00)
- Engine bleed pressure - only during start sequence (Ref. 36-20-00)
- Nacelle temperature indication - only when temperature reach 240
deg.C (Ref. 75-41-00)



EFF :

ALL  77-00-00

Page 4
May 01/03
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


Lower Display Unit of the ECAM System - Engine Pages


R Figure 003


R

EFF :

ALL  77-00-00

Page 5
May 01/03
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

ENGINE INDICATING - GENERAL - DEACTIVATION/REACTIVATION
_______________________________________________________

TASK 77-00-00-040-001

ENGINE TYPE CHECK

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R Refer to the MMEL TASK: 77-00-04


R ENGINE INDICATING
R Warning and caution on ECAM
R ENG TYPE DISAGREE

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R TSM 77-00-00-810-890 Type Disagree between Engine 1 and Engine 2 or


R between Engines and Aircraft Pin Programming

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 77-00-00-860-061

A. Not Applicable

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 77-00-00-040-055

A. Engine type check

(1) Make sure that both engines have the same thrust rating and bump
function, if not (Ref. TSM TASK 77-00-00-810-890):

(a) On the left or right MCDU, do this check:

1
_ Push the line key adjacent to the FADEC 1: The ENGINE MAIN
MENU page comes into view.

2
_ Push the line key adjacent to the LRU identification: The LRU
IDENTIFICATION ENGINE 1 page comes into view.

a
_ Read the engine 1 type on the MCDU screen:
- Engine thrust rating and type

b
_ Return to the screen of the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST ENG.



EFF :

ALL  77-00-00

Page 401
May 01/09
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

c
_ Push the line key adjacent to the FADEC 2: The ENGINE MAIN
MENU page comes into view.

d
_ Push the line key adjacent to the LRU identification: The
LRU IDENTIFICATION ENGINE 2 page comes into view.

e
_ Read the engine 2 type on the MCDU screen:
- Engine thrust rating and type

(2) If both engines have the same thrust rating and bump function, make
sure that both engines match the A/C configuration, if not (Ref. TSM
TASK 77-00-00-810-890):

R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | A/C MODEL | ENGINE MODEL |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
R | A319-113 | CFM56-5A4 |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | A319-114 | CFM56-5A5 |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | A320-111 | CFM56-5A1 |
R | A320-211 | CFM56-5A1 |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | A320-212 | CFM56-5A3 |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(3) If both engines have the same thrust rating and bump function, and
match the A/C type configuration, make sure that the Aircraft is in
one of these configurations, if not (Ref. TSM TASK 77-00-00-810-890):

(a) Engine type intermix configuration:

1
_ On the left or right MCDU, do this check:

a
_ Push the line key adjacent to the FADEC 1: The ENGINE MAIN
MENU page comes into view.

b
_ Push the line key adjacent to the LRU identification: The
LRU IDENTIFICATION ENGINE 1 page comes into view.
- Read the engine 1 type on the MCDU screen:
- Engine rating
- Return to the screen of the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST ENG.



EFF :

ALL  77-00-00

Page 402
May 01/09
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

R - Push the line key adjacent to the FADEC 2: The ENGINE
R MAIN MENU page comes into view.
R - Push the line key adjacent to the LRU identification: The
R LRU IDENTIFICATION ENGINE 2 page comes into view.
R - Read the engine 2 type on the MCDU screen:
R - Engine rating

R 2
_ Make sure that a CFM56-5Ax engine is mixed with a CFM56-5Ax/F.

R (b) ECU software intermix configuration:

R 1
_ On the left or right MCDU, do this check:

R a
_ Push the line key adjacent to the FADEC 1: The ENGINE MAIN
R MENU page comes into view.

R b
_ Push the line key adjacent to the LRU identification: The
R LRU IDENTIFICATION ENGINE 1 page comes into view.
R - Record or print the ECU P/N on the MCDU screen:

R NOTE : ECU P/N is the 10 digit number adjacent to the (2R)


____
R line key.

R c
_ Return to the screen of the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST ENG.

R d
_ Push the line key adjacent to the FADEC 2: The ENGINE MAIN
R MENU page comes into view.

R e
_ Push the line key adjacent to the LRU identification: The
R LRU IDENTIFICATION ENGINE 2 page comes into view.
R - Record or print the ECU P/N on the MCDU screen:

R NOTE : ECU P/N is the 10 digit number adjacent to the (2R)


____
R line key.

R 2
_ Check that one of the ECU P/N recorded or printed is part of
R the following list (ECU standard 5AI or 5AI+) on one engine
R only:
R - 1459M55P31
R - 1459M55P32
R - 1459M55P33
R - 1459M55P34
R - 1519M83P18
R - 1519M83P19
R - 1519M83P20
R - 1519M83P21
R - 1820M27P15



EFF :

ALL  77-00-00

Page 403
Nov 01/04
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

R - 1820M27P16
R - 1820M27P17
R - 1820M27P18

R 3
_ Make sure that the ECU P/N recorded or printed on the other
R engine is part of the following list (ECU standard 5AH or 5AH+
R or previous):
R - 1459M55P14
R - 1459M55P15
R - 1459M55P16
R - 1459M55P17
R - 1459M55P18
R - 1459M55P19
R - 1459M55P20
R - 1459M55P21
R - 1459M55P25
R - 1459M55P26
R - 1459M55P27
R - 1459M55P28
R - 1459M55P29
R - 1459M55P30
R - 1519M83P01
R - 1519M83P02
R - 1519M83P03
R - 1519M83P04
R - 1519M83P05
R - 1519M83P06
R - 1519M83P07
R - 1519M83P08
R - 1519M83P12
R - 1519M83P13
R - 1519M83P14
R - 1519M83P15
R - 1519M83P16
R - 1519M83P17
R - 1820M27P01
R - 1820M27P02
R - 1820M27P03
R - 1820M27P04
R - 1820M27P05
R - 1820M27P09
R - 1820M27P10
R - 1820M27P11
R - 1820M27P12
R - 1820M27P13
R - 1820M27P14



EFF :

ALL  77-00-00

Page 404
Nov 01/04
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

ENGINE INDICATING - GENERAL - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
_____________________________________________

TASK 77-00-00-710-044

Read of the N1,N2 and EGT Max Pointers

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-001 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST
Menu Page
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
77-00-00-991-900 Fig. 501

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 77-00-00-860-056

R A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

R (1) Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-


R 002).

R (2) Do the EIS start procedure (Upper and Lower ECAM DUs only) (Ref. TASK
31-60-00-860-001).

R (3) Get acces to the SYSTEM REPORT TEST page (Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-
001).



EFF :

ALL  77-00-00

Page 501
Nov 01/09
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


INTENTIONALLY BLANK


R



 77-00-00

Page 502
Nov 01/09
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 77-00-00-991-900)

Subtask 77-00-00-710-053

A. Do these tests:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Push the line key adjacent to The INST menu comes into view
INST

2. Push the line key adjacent to - EIS (DMC1) page comes into view.
EIS1 - On the PFD, ND CAPT side and upper
ECAM display unit MAINTENANCE MODE
comes into view.
- The MASTER CAUT light comes on.
- Ignore the ECAM warnings.

3. Push the line key adjacent to The EIS (DMC1) ENGINE OVER SPD/TEMP
ENGINES shows.

4. Push the line key adjacent to the The page comes into view to show the
desired Max Values Max values reached during the last
flight leg.

5. Push the line key adjacent to The CFDS MENU comes into view.
RETURN until the CFDS MENU comes
into view.

6. Stop the MCDU

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 77-00-00-860-057

A. Do the EIS stop procedure: (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).

Subtask 77-00-00-862-053

B. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-


002).



EFF :

ALL  77-00-00

Page 503
May 01/03
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


MCDU Display
Figure 501/TASK 77-00-00-991-900



EFF :

ALL  77-00-00

Page 504
Feb 01/96
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

TASK 77-00-00-710-040

Reset of the N1,N2 and EGT Max Pointers

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

With this procedure you can reset the N1, N2 and EGT max pointers if these
values increased above an operational limit. This reset also occurs
automatically at the subsequent engine start.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-001 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST
Menu Page
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
77-00-00-991-900 Fig. 501

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 77-00-00-861-051

A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).



EFF :

ALL  77-00-00

Page 505
May 01/03
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

Subtask 77-00-00-865-051

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU EIS/ECAM/CTL/PNL 15WT E12
49VU EIS/DMC1/SPLY 10WT1 E11
49VU EIS/DMC3/STBY/SPLY 14WT1 E10
49VU EIS/DMC1/SWTG 21WT1 E09
49VU EIS/DMC3/SWTG 21WT3 E07
49VU EIS/ECAM DU/UPPER/SWTG 24WT1 E06
49VU EIS/ECAM DU/UPPER/SPLY 13WT1 E05
49VU EIS/PFD CAPT/SWTG 22WT1 E04
49VU EIS/PFD CAPT/SPLY 11WT1 E03
R
49VU EIS/ND CAPT/SWTG 23WT1 E02
49VU EIS/ND CAPT/SPLY 12WT1 E01
R
121VU EIS/DMC3/SPLY 10WT3 Q09
121VU EIS/DMC2/SPLY 10WT2 Q08
121VU EIS/ECAM DU/LOWER/SPLY 13WT2 R11
121VU EIS/ECAM DU/LOWER/SWTG 24WT2 R10
121VU EIS/DMC2/SWTG 21WT2 R08
121VU EIS/ND/F/O/SWTG 23WT2 R06
121VU EIS/PFD/F/O/SWTG 22WT2 R05
121VU EIS/ND/F/O 12WT2 R04
121VU EIS/PFD/F/O 11WT2 R03

Subtask 77-00-00-860-054

C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) Do the EIS start procedure (Upper and Lower ECAM DUs only) (Ref. TASK
31-60-00-860-001).

(2) On the left or right MCDU get the SYSTEM REPORT TEST page (Ref. TASK
31-32-00-860-001).



EFF :

ALL  77-00-00

Page 506
May 01/03
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 77-00-00-991-900)

Subtask 77-00-00-710-051

A. Do This Test:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Push the line key adjacent to The INST menu comes into view
INST

R 2. Push the line key adjacent to - EIS (DMC1) page shows.


R EIS1 - ON PFD, ND CAPT side and upper ECAM
display unit MAINTENANCE MODE shows.
- Master caution shows.
- Ignore the ECAM warnings.

3. Push the line key adjacent to The EIS (DMC1) ENGINE OVER SPD/TEMP
ENGINES comes into view.

4. Push the line key adjacent to The overlimit red indexes are reset.
GENERAL RESET

5. Push the line key adjacent to The INST menu comes into view.
RETURN until the INST menu comes
into view.

R 6. Push the line key adjacent to - EIS (DMC2) page shows.


R EIS2 - On PFD, ND ON F/O side and lower ECAM
display unit MAINTENANCE MODE.
- Master CAUTION shows.
- Ignore the ECAM warnings.

7. Push the line key adjacent to The EIS (DMC2) ENGINE OVER SPD/TEMP
ENGINE comes into view.

8. Push the line key adjacent to the The overlimit red indexes are reset.
GENERAL RESET

9. Push the line key adjacent to The INST MENU comes into view.
RETURN until the INST MENU comes
into view.



EFF :

ALL  77-00-00

Page 507
Nov 01/07
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10. On the center pedestal on the
switching panel 8VU set the
selector switch (EIS DMC) to
CAPT 3 position.

R 11. Push the line key adjacent to - EIS (DMC3) page shows.
R EIS3 - ON PFD, ND CAPT side and upper ECAM
display unit MAINTENANCE MODE shows.
- MASTER CAUTION shows.
- Ignore the ECAM warnings.

12. Push the line key adjacent to The EIS (DMC3) ENGINE OVER SPD/TEMP
ENGINE shows.

13. Push the line key adjacent to The overlimit red indexes are reset.
GENERAL RESET

14. Push the line key adjacent to The CFDS MENU shows.
RETURN until the CFDS MENU comes
into view.

15. Stop the MCDU

16. On the center pedestal on the


switching panel 8VU set the
selector switch (EIS DMC) to
NORM position.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 77-00-00-860-055

A. Do the EIS stop procedure


(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).

Subtask 77-00-00-862-051

B. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-


002).



EFF :

ALL  77-00-00

Page 508
Nov 01/07
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

POWER - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_________________________________

1. _______
General
R This chapter deals with the N1, N2 indications.
R

2. ____________________
N1 Indicating System

A. General
The measurement channel for the low pressure rotor is designed as
follows:
- the speed sensor on the engine sends a signal to the ECU
- the ECU processes the N1 signal and transmits it to the ECAM through
the ARINC 429 data bus (Ref. 73-25-00).

R B. N1 Speed Sensor

R (1) General
R The N1 speed sensor is installed in the fan frame strut No.6 at the
R 5:00 oclock position. It is secured to the fan frame with 2 bolts.
R When the N1 speed sensor is installed on the engine you can only see
R these components :
R - the three-connector receptacle
R - the connector head
R - the sensor flange.
R

(2) Description
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The N1 speed sensor consists of the following:
- a three-connector receptacle (channel A of the ECU - Engine
Vibration Monitoring Unit - channel B of the ECU)
- a flange for attachment of the sensor to the engine
- a rigid metal tube including:
. two bonded damping rings,
. a magnetic head (sensor probe) which includes 3 windings, 3
permanent magnets and the pole pieces and three pairs of shielded
lead wire providing the electrical signals from the sensing
elements to the connectors.

(3) Operation

(a) Function
(Ref. Fig. 002)
The N1 speed sensor:
- detects the low pressure assembly rotational speed
- transmits the corresponding signals to



EFF :

ALL  77-10-00

Page 1
Aug 01/96
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


R N1 Speed Sensor
Figure 001



EFF :

ALL  77-10-00

Page 2
Aug 01/96
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


N1 Sensor Electrical Diagram


Figure 002



EFF :

ALL  77-10-00

Page 3
Feb 01/96
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

. the Engine Vibration Monitoring Unit,
. the Electronic Control Unit, Channel 1 and
. the Electronic Control Unit, Channel 2.

(b) Principle
This sensor is an induction type tachometer. It consists of 3
independent sensing elements which are magnetically and
electrically insulated from each other. Each sensing element
includes a magnet, a winding, and a pole piece.
These sensing elements are hermetically enclosed in a stainless
steel housing.
The sensitive elements transmit signals. The signals are supplied
to the connectors through conductors embedded in a metal tube.
A sensor ring mounted on the fan shaft is provided with 30 teeth.
The passage of each tooth modifies the flux field of the magnets
and causes a flux variation in the coils. This generates an
alternating electromotive force proportional to the rotational
speed of the low pressure rotor assembly.

NOTE : The sensor ring has one tooth thicker than the 29 others.
____
This tooth generates a signal of greater amplitude used as
phase reference for trim balance (processed in the EVMU).

C. N1 Indication
(Ref. Fig. 003)
The N1 indication is displayed on the upper display unit of the ECAM
system :
- in the analog form, by a pointer deflecting in front of a dial,
- in the digital form, in the lower section of the dial.
The indication is normally green.
R When N1 LIM < N1 < 102 percent :
- the indication becomes amber
R When N1 > 102 percent :
- the indication becomes red
- the MASTER CAUT light comes on accompanied by a single chime
- the following messages appear on the ECAM :
- ENG 1(2) N1 OVERLIMIT
- THR LEVER 1(2)...BELOW LIMIT
R If N1 has exceeded 102 percent :
- the maximum value reached is memorized
- a small red line remains positioned on the analog scale at that value
(max pointer).
R Above 103.8 percent the messages displayed on the ECAM becomes:
- ENG 1(2) N1 OVERLIMIT
- THR LEVER 1(2)...IDLE
- ENG MASTER 1(2)...OFF



EFF :

ALL  77-10-00

Page 4
Aug 01/98
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


Upper Display Unit of the ECAM System - N1 Indication


Figure 003



EFF :

ALL  77-10-00

Page 5
Feb 01/96
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

R N1 LIM
R - Value and modes appear in green (modes are CL, MCT, FLX TO, GA)
R - in FLX TO, the selected fictitious temperature is displayed in green.
R N1 MAX
R - a small amber line positioned across the N1 analog scale at the value
R corresponding to that of the TO/GA mode.
R N1 THR
R - a small white circle the shape of which recalls that of the throttle.
R This indication signals the predictive N1 value at which the engine LP
R rotor speed will stabilize for the given throttle position.
R N1 CMD
R - a small arc in cyan colour linking the N1 actual value to the N1 CMD.
R This is displayed only with the autothrottle engaged. When the engine
R speed is stable, N1 actual = N1 CMD and the N1 CMD indication is not
R visible.
R

3. ____________________
N2 Indicating System

A. General
The measurement channel for the high pressure rotor speed is designed as
follows:
- a speed sensor installed on the engine sends a signal to the ECU
- the ECU processes the N2 signal and transmits it to the ECAM through
the ARINC 429 data bus (Ref. 73-25-00).

B. N2 Speed Sensor

(1) General
The N2 speed sensor is installed at 6:30 oclock on the accessory
gearbox (AGB) rear face with 2 bolts.
When the sensor is installed, only the 3 fixed connectors and sensor
body are visible.

(2) Description
(Ref. Fig. 004)
The N2 speed sensor consists of the following:
A body including:
- three fixed connectors
- a flange for attachment to the AGB
- a groove which accommodates a seal for tightness between sensor and
AGB.
A metal rigid tube including a magnetic head equipped with 3 polar
pieces.



EFF :

ALL  77-10-00

Page 6
Aug 01/96
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


R N2 Speed Sensor
Figure 004



EFF :

ALL  77-10-00

Page 7
Aug 01/96
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

(3) Operation
(Ref. Fig. 005)
The N2 speed sensor detects the rotational speed of the HP rotor
assembly. It transmits the signal to the following equipment:
- Engine Vibration Monitoring Unit (EVMU)
- ECU (channel A)
- ECU (channel B).
This sensor is an induction tachometer type. It comprises 3 sensitive
elements. Each element is magnetically and electrically isolated from
the other.
Each sensitive element includes a magnet, a coil and a polar mass.
These sensitive elements are hermetically sealed in a stainless steel
housing.
The sensitive elements transmit signals. The signals are supplied to
the 3 connectors through resin embedded wires.
A magnetic wheel, part of the AGB drive system, is provided with 71
teeth on its web. The passage of each tooth in front of the magnetic
head modifies the lines of magnetic force of the magnets. This
creates a flux variation in the coils.
The flux variation generates an alternating electromotive force
proportional to the rotational speed of the HP rotor assembly.

C. N2 Indication
(Ref. Fig. 006)
The N2 indication is displayed on the upper display unit of the ECAM
system. The N2 indication is provided in the digital form.
The indication is normally green
When N2 > 105 percent:
- the indication becomes red
R - the MASTER CAUT light comes on accompanied by a single chime
- the following message appears on the ECAM:
- ENG 1(2) N2 OVERLIMIT
- THR LEVER 1(2)...BELOW LIMIT.
When N2 > 105.8 percent:
R - The indication and the MASTER CAUT light and single chime remain as
R above but the ECAM message becomes:
- ENG 1(2) N2 OVERLIMIT
- THR LEVER 1(2)...IDLE
- ENG MASTER 1(2)...OFF.
If N2 has exceeded 105 percent:
- a red cross adjacent to N2 indication appears and remains during all
the flight.



EFF :

ALL  77-10-00

Page 8
Aug 01/96
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


N2 Sensor Electrical Diagram


Figure 005



EFF :

ALL  77-10-00

Page 9
Aug 01/96
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


Upper Display Unit of the ECAM System - N2 Indication


Figure 006



EFF :

ALL  77-10-00

Page 10
Feb 01/96
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

N1 SPEED SENSOR (4000EV) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________________

TASK 77-11-10-000-001

Removal of the N1 Speed Sensor (4000EV)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps


No specific container 1 l (0.25 USgal)
No specific protective sheath
No specific soft-nose connector pliers
No specific warning notice

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-010-040 Opening of the Fan Cowl Doors


77-11-10-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 77-11-10-941-050

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.



EFF :

ALL  77-11-10

Page 401
May 01/08
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 77-11-10-010-052

B. Get Access

(1) Open the fan cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-040):


FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 77-11-10-991-001)

Subtask 77-11-10-020-050

A. Removal of the N1 Speed Sensor

(1) Disconnect the electrical cables from the N1 speed sensor (40). Use
soft-nose connector pliers only if necessary.

(2) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.

R CAUTION : DO NOT REMOVE THE GUIDE TUBE LOCKING BOLT. DAMAGE OF THE
_______
R GUIDE TUBE O-RINGS CAN OCCUR, WHICH CAN CAUSE OIL LEAKAGE.

(3) Remove the 2 bolts (60) which attach the N1 speed sensor to the fan
frame (20).

(4) Put a container 1 l (0.25 USgal) under the N1 speed sensor.

NOTE : A 3 in.3 (50 cm3) to 6 in.3 (100 cm3) oil leakage can occur
____
when you remove the N1 speed sensor.

(5) Slowly and carefully pull the sensor out of the probe guide (10) and
remove the N1 speed sensor (40) from the fan frame.

(6) Remove the O-ring (50) from the probe guide (10). Discard the O-ring
(50).

(7) Put a protective sheath on the probe part of the N1 speed sensor.



EFF :

ALL  77-11-10

Page 402
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


N1 Speed Sensor
Figure 401/TASK 77-11-10-991-001



EFF :

ALL  77-11-10

Page 403
Feb 01/96
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

(8) Remove the container.



EFF :

ALL  77-11-10

Page 404
Feb 01/96
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

TASK 77-11-10-400-001

Installation of the N1 Speed Sensor (4000EV)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific adhesive tape


No specific clean, dry cloth
No specific soft-nose connector pliers
No specific warning notice
R No specific Torque Wrench : range 30.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
R (0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. CP2101 USA MIL-T-5544


graphite grease (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. CP2179 *
lanolin (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. CP2442 *
engine oil (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. CP5070 *
vaseline (Ref. 70-30-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

50 O-ring (PIPC) 77-11-10 01 -030


50 O-ring (PIPC) 77-11-10 01 -030A



EFF :

ALL  77-11-10

Page 405
Nov 01/09
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-010-040 Opening of the Fan Cowl Doors


71-13-00-410-040 Closing of the Fan Cowl Doors
R 73-29-00-710-040 Operational Test of the FADEC on the ground (with
R Engine Motoring)

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 77-11-10-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU, make sure that a
warning notice is in position to tell persons not to start the
engine.

(2) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the ON legend
of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2) pushbutton switch is off. Make sure
that a warning notice is in position to tell persons not to energize
the FADEC 1(2).

Subtask 77-11-10-010-054

B. Get Access

(1) Make sure that the fan cowl doors are open (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-
040):
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 77-11-10-420-050

A. Installation of the N1 Speed Sensor

(1) Lubricate a new O-ring (50) with engine oil (Material No. CP2442).

(2) Install the new O-ring (50) in the recess of the probe guide (10).



EFF :

ALL  77-11-10

Page 406
Nov 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

(3) Remove the protective sheath from the sensor probe.

(4) Clean the pole pieces of the sensor probe with a clean, dry cloth.

(5) Complete the cleaning with a piece of adhesive tape to remove any
magnetic particles.

(6) Lubricate the two probe dampers with vaseline (Material No. CP5070)
or lanolin (Material No. CP2179).

(7) Install the N1 speed sensor (40) as follows:

CAUTION : DO NOT USE TOO MUCH FORCE WHEN YOU ENGAGE THE SENSOR PROBE
_______
IN THE FAN FRAME PROBE GUIDE TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE
PROBE.

(a) Align the sensor probe with the probe guide (10). Engage the
probe in the probe guide and push it slowly down the guide. Be
careful to keep axial alignement and a smooth movement throughout
the probe engagement.

(b) When the sensor probe is fully engaged by hand and in the free
state (bolts (60) not installed), measure the gap between the
machined surfaces of:

1
_ the mounting flange of the N1 speed sensor,

2
_ the sleeve (70)

(c) The measured gap must be between 0.12 in. (3.08 mm) and 0.24 in.
(6.09 mm) .

(d) If the gap is not in the limits before installation of bolts


(60),

CAUTION : THE N1 SPEED SENSOR IS SPRING-LOADED TO KEEP ITS INNER


_______
END SHOULDER IN CONTACT WITH THE BOTTOM OF THE PROBE
RECESS. FAILURE TO OBEY TO THE GAP LIMITS SPECIFIED
ABOVE CAN RESULT IN DAMAGE TO THE SENSOR.

1
_ Remove the sensor and find the cause (distortion of the probe,
mis-positioning, etc.).

(e) If you cannot get the correct gap, remove the N1 speed sensor and
replace it by a serviceable sensor.



EFF :

ALL  77-11-10

Page 407
Nov 01/08
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

(f) TORQUE the bolts as follows:

CAUTION : WHEN YOU TORQUE THE BOLTS, USE TIGHTENING INCREMENTS TO


_______
PREVENT DISTORTION OF THE SENSING PROBE. GET NEAR THE
FINAL TORQUE BY SMALL QUANTITIES: ONE BOLT THEN THE
OTHER, AND REPEAT. TO MAKE SURE THAT YOU APPLY THE SAME
TORQUE ON THE 2 BOLTS AT THE SAME TIME, THE USE OF 2
RATCHET WRENCHES IS STRONGLY RECOMMENDED.

1
_ Lubricate the threads of the two bolts (60) with graphite
grease (Material No. CP2101). Attach the N1 speed sensor (40)
to the fan frame, with the two bolts (60).

(g) TORQUE the bolts (60) to between 110 and 120 lbf.in (1.24 and
1.35 m.daN).

(8) Install the connector:

CAUTION : CAREFULLY ALIGN THE CONNECTOR KEY WITH THE RECEPTACLE


_______
KEYWAY BEFORE YOU CONNECT THEM TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE
CONNECTORS.

(a) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.

(b) Make sure that the connectors and the receptacles are clear of
unwanted materials.

(c) Connect the cable connectors to the N1 speed sensor receptacles.


Use soft-nose connector pliers only if necessary.

(d) Make sure the connectors are fully engaged and do not move.

R (9) Do a FADEC ground test (engine motoring) (Ref. TASK 73-29-00-710-


R 040).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 77-11-10-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the fan cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-040):


FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR



EFF :

ALL  77-11-10

Page 408
Nov 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).



EFF :

ALL  77-11-10

Page 409
May 01/96
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

N2 SPEED SENSOR (4001EV) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
_______________________________________________

TASK 77-11-20-000-001

Removal of the N2 Speed Sensor (4001EV)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking cap


No specific blanking plug
No specific soft-nose connector pliers
No specific warning notice

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-010-040 Opening of the Fan Cowl Doors


77-11-20-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 77-11-20-941-050

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.



EFF :

ALL  77-11-20

Page 401
Feb 01/96
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 77-11-20-010-050

B. Open the fan cowl doors: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-040)


FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 77-11-20-991-001)

Subtask 77-11-20-020-050

A. Removal of the N2 Speed Sensor:

R (1) Put a container below the N2 speed sensor.

R (2) Disconnect the electrical cables from the N2 speed sensor. Use soft-
nose connector pliers only if necessary.

R (3) Put blanking cap on the cable connectors and on the sensor
receptacles.

R (4) Remove the two bolts (10) which attach the sensor to the pad of the
accessory gearbox (AGB).

R (5) Remove the N2 speed sensor from its recess.

R (6) Remove the O-ring (20) from the sensor housing. Discard the O-ring
(20).

R (7) Put a blanking cap on the sensor probe.

R (8) Put a blanking plug in the AGB pad recess.



EFF :

ALL  77-11-20

Page 402
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


N2 Speed Sensor
Figure 401/TASK 77-11-20-991-001



EFF :

ALL  77-11-20

Page 403
Feb 01/96
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

TASK 77-11-20-400-001

Installation of the N2 Speed Sensor (4001EV)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific clean, dry cloth


No specific soft-nose connector pliers
No specific warning notice
R No specific Torque Wrench : range 30.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
R (0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. CP2101 USA MIL-T-5544


graphite grease (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. CP2442 *
engine oil (Ref. 70-30-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

20 O-ring (PIPC) 77-11-20 01 -030


20 O-ring (PIPC) 77-11-20 01 -030A



EFF :

ALL  77-11-20

Page 404
Nov 01/09
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

R D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
71-00-00-710-006 Minimum Idle Check
71-13-00-010-040 Opening of the Fan Cowl Doors
71-13-00-410-040 Closing of the Fan Cowl Doors
77-11-20-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 77-11-20-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU, make sure that a
warning notice is in position to tell persons not to start the
engine.

(2) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the ON legend
of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2) pushbutton switch is off. Make sure
that a warning notice is in position to tell persons not to energize
the FADEC 1(2).

Subtask 77-11-20-010-053

B. Make sure that the fan cowl doors are open: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-040)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 77-11-20-991-001)

Subtask 77-11-20-420-050

A. Installation of the N2 Speed Sensor:

(1) Remove the blanking caps and plugs from the cable connectors, the N2
sensor receptacles and probe, and the AGB pad recess.

(2) Lubricate a new O-ring (20) with engine oil (Material No. CP2442).



EFF :

ALL  77-11-20

Page 405
May 01/96
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

(3) Install the O-ring (20) in the groove of the sensor housing.

(4) Clean the pole pieces of the sensor with a clean, dry cloth.

(5) Use adhesive tape to complete cleaning and remove any magnetic
particles.

(6) Install the N2 speed sensor in the AGB recess.

(7) Lubricate the threads of bolts (10) with graphite grease (Material
No. CP2101).

(8) Attach the N2 speed sensor:

CAUTION : TIGHTEN THE BOLTS ALTERNATELY TO PREVENT DISTORTION OF THE


_______
N2 SPEED SENSOR.

(a) Attach the N2 speed sensor to the AGB with the two bolts (10).
TORQUE the bolts (10) to between 100 and 110 lbf.in (1.13 and
1.24 m.daN).

(9) Make sure that the connectors and the receptacles are clean and clear
of unwanted materials.

(10) Connect the cable connectors.

CAUTION : CAREFULLY ALIGN THE CONNECTOR KEY WITH THE RECEPTACLE


_______
KEYWAY BEFORE YOU CONNECT THEM TO PREVENT DAMAGE TO THE
CONNECTORS.

(a) Connect the cable connectors to the N2 speed sensor receptacles.


Use soft-nose connector pliers only if necessary .

(11) Make sure that the connectors are fully engaged and do not move.

Subtask 77-11-20-861-050

B. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

Subtask 77-11-20-869-050

C. Do the EIS start procedure (upper and lower ECAM DUs) (Ref. TASK 31-60-
00-860-001).



EFF :

ALL  77-11-20

Page 406
May 01/96
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

Subtask 77-11-20-710-050

D. Do this test.

(1) Do a minimum idle check (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-006).

(2) Do the steps below:

(a) On the MCDU, select the CFDS MENU page.

(b) Push the line key adjacent to SYSTEM/REPORT TEST.

(c) Push the NEXT PAGE mode key: a new SYSTEM REPORT/TEST page comes
into view.

(d) Push the line key adjacent to the ENG indication: the SYSTEM
REPORT/TEST ENG page comes into view.

(e) Push the line key adjacent to the FADEC 1A(1B) for engine 1.

(f) Push the line key adjacent to the FADEC 2A(2B) for engine 2.

(g) Push the line key adjacent to the LAST LEG REPORT.

(h) Make sure that the message N2 SENS, J7(J8), ECU is not in view.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 77-11-20-860-051

A. Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).

Subtask 77-11-20-862-050

B. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-


002).



EFF :

ALL  77-11-20

Page 407
Feb 01/96
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

Subtask 77-11-20-410-050

C. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the fan cowl doors: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-040)


FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).



EFF :

ALL  77-11-20

Page 408
Feb 01/96
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

TEMPERATURE - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_______________________________________

1. _______
General
(Ref. Fig. 001)
R The engine Exhaust Gas Temperature (EGT) is sensed and averaged by nine
R thermocouple probes (chromel/alumel). They are installed through one
R specific nozzle segment of the stage 2 nozzle assembly located in the Low
R Pressure Turbine (LPT) case.

A. The T495 thermocouple wiring harness consists of:


- Three identical and interchangeable thermocouple lead assemblies with
two probes.
- One thermocouple lead assembly with three probes.
- One upper extension lead.
- One lower extension lead.
- One main junction box assembly.

B. Description
(Ref. Fig. 001, 002)

R (1) The T495 thermocouple wiring harness has two internal technology
R standards. The first internal technology uses impedance matching by
R diameter cable adjustment and the second uses impedance matching by
R resistance adjustment.

R (2) Each segment of the two-probe lead assembly has:


- Two rigid metal tubes (Con-o-clad), each equipped at one end with a
thermocouple probe and an integral flange for attachment to a
related boss on the LPT case.
R - A junction box at the other end of the rigid metal tubes with a
R receptacle for the connection to the main junction box assembly
(for two of the three lead assemblies) and to the lower lead
R assembly (for the third one). The junction box has a flange for
R attachment to the LPT mounting flange S.

R (3) Each segment of the three-probe lead thermocouple assembly consists


of the items which follow:

(a) Three rigid metal tubes, each equipped with one thermocouple
probe at one end and an integral flange for attachment to a
related boss on the LPT case.

(b) A junction box at the other end of each rigid metal tube with a
receptacle connector for connection to the upper extension lead
and a flange for attachment to the LPT mounting flange A8.



EFF :

ALL  77-20-00

Page 1
May 01/04
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


R T495 Thermocouple Wiring Harness


Figure 001



EFF :

ALL  77-20-00

Page 2
May 01/04
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


INTENTIONALLY BLANK


R



 77-20-00

Page 3
May 01/04
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


R Wiring Diagram of the Harness of the T495 Thermocouple


R Figure 002 (SHEET 1)



EFF :

ALL  77-20-00

Page 4
May 01/04
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


R Wiring Diagram of the Harness of the T495 Thermocouple


R Figure 002 (SHEET 2)



EFF :

ALL  77-20-00

Page 5
May 01/04
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

R (4) The upper extension lead has:
- One rigid metal tube (Con-o-clad), equipped at each end with a
mobile elbow-connector for connection to the main junction box
R assembly, and one of the three two-probe thermocouple lead
R assemblies.

R (5) The lower extension lead has:


- One rigid metal tube (Con-o-clad), equipped at each end with a
mobile elbow-connector for connection to the main junction box
assembly, and to the three-probe thermocouple lead assembly.

R (6) The main junction box assembly has:


- Two rigid metal tubes (Con-o-clad), each equipped at one end with a
mobile elbow-connector to the related two-probe lead assembly, and
at the other end to a junction box. The junction box is equipped
with two receptacles connectors for connection to the extension
leads and one interface receptacle connector.

C. The electromotive force is averaged first in each of the individual lead


assembly (2 probes and 3 probes), then in the main junction box assembly
at the level of the interface connector.
The resultant averaged electromotive force is then sent to the ECU
through the CJ13 harness and the HJ13 harness.

2. EGT
______________
indication
(Ref. Fig. 003)
The EGT indication appears on the upper display unit of the ECAM system.
The ECAM provides the EGT indication:
- in analog form thru a pointer which deflects in front of a dial,
- in digital form, in the lower section of the dial.
The indication is normally green.
The index flashes amber above 855 deg.C (or above 725 deg.C during start
sequence).
The index and the numerical value flash red above 890 deg.C, the MASTER CAUT
light comes on accompanied by the repetitive chime, the following message
appears on the ECAM: ENG 1(2): EGT OVERLIMIT
If the EGT has exceeded 890 deg.C:
- the maximum value reached is memorized,
- a small red line remains positioned on the analog scale, at that value
(max pointer). The red line will disapear after a new take off or
maintenance action through the MCDU.



EFF :

ALL  77-20-00

Page 6
May 01/04
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


Upper Display Unit of the ECAM System - EGT Indication


Figure 003



EFF :

ALL  77-20-00

Page 7
May 01/04
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

T495 THERMOCOUPLE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________________

TASK 77-21-10-000-001

Removal of the Upper Extension Lead

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
No specific blanking plugs
R No specific caps
No specific warning notice

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-010-040 Opening of the Fan Cowl Doors


78-30-00-481-041 Make the Thrust Reverser Unserviceable for
Maintenance
78-36-00-010-040 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Doors
77-21-10-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 77-21-10-941-050

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 401
May 01/04
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 77-21-10-010-050

B. Get Access

(1) Open the fan cowl doors: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-040)


FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

Subtask 77-21-10-040-050

C. Make the thrust reverser unserviceable (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-481-041).

Subtask 77-21-10-010-058

D. Open the thrust reverser doors: (Ref. TASK 78-36-00-010-040)


FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 77-21-10-991-001)

Subtask 77-21-10-020-050

R A. Removal of the Upper Extension Lead.

(1) Cut and remove the lockwire.

R (2) Disconnect the upper extension lead (10) from the upper right T495
R sector junction box (120) and from the main junction box (20).

R (3) Remove the parts which attach the upper extension lead (10) as
R follow:



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 402
May 01/04
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

R (a) Remove the bolt (30) from the bracket (50) on flange S, at the
R 10:15 oclock position (Detail C).

R (b) Remove the clamp (70).

R (c) Remove the bolt (60) from the bracket (80) on flange S, at the 11
R oclock position (Detail D).

R (d) Remove the clamp (110).

R (e) Remove the bolt (90) from the bracket (100) on flange S, at the
R 11:45 oclock position (Detail E).

(4) Remove the upper extension lead from the engine.

(5) Install the blanking plugs and caps on the connectors and
receptacles.



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 403
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


R Upper Extension Lead


Figure 401/TASK 77-21-10-991-001- 13 (SHEET 1)



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 404
May 01/04
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


R Upper Extension Lead


Figure 401/TASK 77-21-10-991-001- 23 (SHEET 2)



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 405
May 01/04
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


R Upper Extension Lead


Figure 401/TASK 77-21-10-991-001- 33 (SHEET 3)



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 406
May 01/04
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

TASK 77-21-10-400-001

Installation of the Upper Extension Lead

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice


R No specific Torque Wrench : range 30.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
R (0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. CP2101 USA MIL-T-5544


graphite grease (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. CP8001 *
lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia. (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. CP8002 *
lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia. (Ref. 70-30-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-010-040 Opening of the Fan Cowl Doors


71-13-00-410-040 Closing of the Fan Cowl Doors
73-29-00-710-040 Operational Test of the FADEC on the Ground (with
Engine non Motoring)
78-30-00-081-041 Make the Thrust Reverser Serviceable after
Maintenance
78-30-00-481-041 Make the Thrust Reverser Unserviceable for
Maintenance



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 407
Nov 01/09
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-36-00-010-040 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Doors


78-36-00-410-040 Closing of the Thrust Reverser Doors
77-21-10-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 77-21-10-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU, make sure that a
warning notice is in position to tell persons not to start the
engine.

(2) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the ON legend
of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2) pushbutton switch is off. Make sure
that a warning notice is in position to tell persons not to energize
the FADEC 1(2).

Subtask 77-21-10-010-059

B. Get Access

(1) Make sure that the fan cowl doors are open: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-
040)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

(2) Make sure that the thrust reverser doors are open: (Ref. TASK 78-36-
00-010-040)
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

Subtask 77-21-10-040-051

C. Make sure that the thrust reverser is unserviceable (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-
481-041).



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 408
Nov 01/09
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 77-21-10-991-001)

Subtask 77-21-10-420-050

A. Installation of the Upper Extension Lead

(1) Remove the blanking plugs and caps from the connectors and
receptacles.

(2) Make sure that the connectors and receptacles are clean and clear of
unwanted materials.

CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY LUBRICANT OR ANTI-SEIZE COMPOUND (SPRAY OR


_______
LIQUID) INTO THE CONNECTOR NUT AND RECEPTACLE. LUBRICANT
THAT TOUCHES INTERNAL CHROMEL AND ALUMEL WIRES CAN CAUSE
EGT INCORRECT INDICATION.

(3) Install the upper extension lead (10) and connect it to the upper
right T495 sector junction box (120) and to the main junction box
(20).

(4) Apply a thin layer of graphite grease (Material No. CP2101) to the
threads of the bolts (30), (60) and (90).

(5) Install the parts which attach the upper extension lead as follow:

(a) Install the clamp (40)with the bolt (30) on the bracket (50) on
flange S, at the 10:15 oclock position (Detail C).

(b) Install the bolt (60).

(c) Install the clamp (70) on the bracket (80) on flange S, at the 11
oclock position (Detail D).

(d) Install the clamp (110) on the bracket (100) on flange S, at the
11:45 oclock position (Detail E).

(e) Install the bolt (90).



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 409
Nov 01/09
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

(6) Make sure that the upper extension lead (10) is not stressed and
Torque as follows:

(a) The connecting nuts to between 168 and 186 lbf.in (1.89 and 2.10
m.daN) and safety with lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia. (Material
No. CP8001) or lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia. (Material No.
CP8002).

(b) The bolts (30), (60), (90) to between 47 and 53 lbf.in (0.53 and
0.59 m.daN).

Subtask 77-21-10-710-051-A

B. Do an Operational Test of the FADEC on the Ground (with Engine non


Motoring) (Ref. TASK 73-29-00-710-040).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 77-21-10-410-055

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the thrust reverser cowl doors (Ref. TASK 78-36-00-410-040):
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

Subtask 77-21-10-440-050

B. Make the thrust reverser serviceable (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-081-041)

Subtask 77-21-10-410-050

C. Close Access

(1) Close the fan cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-040):


FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 410
Nov 01/09
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

TASK 77-21-10-000-006

Removal of the Lower Extension Lead

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking plugs


No specific caps
No specific warning notice

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-010-040 Opening of the Fan Cowl Doors


78-30-00-481-041 Make the Thrust Reverser Unserviceable for
Maintenance
78-36-00-010-040 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Doors
77-21-10-991-010 Fig. 402

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 77-21-10-941-057

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 411
Nov 01/09
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


INTENTIONALLY BLANK


R



 77-21-10

Page 412
Nov 01/09
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 77-21-10-010-056

B. Get Access

(1) Open the fan cowl doors: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-040)


FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

Subtask 77-21-10-040-052

C. Make the thrust reverser unserviceable (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-481-041).

Subtask 77-21-10-010-060

D. Open the thrust reverser doors: (Ref. TASK 78-36-00-010-040)


FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 77-21-10-991-010)

Subtask 77-21-10-020-056

A. Removal of the Lower Extension Lead.

(1) Cut and remove the lockwire.

R (2) Disconnect the lower extension lead (10) from the main junction box
R (20) and from the lower right (T495) sector junction box (180).

R (3) Remove the parts which attach the lower extension lead (10) as
R follows:



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 413
May 01/04
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


R Lower Extension Lead


Figure 402/TASK 77-21-10-991-010- 13 (SHEET 1)



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 414
Nov 01/06
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


R Lower Extension Lead


Figure 402/TASK 77-21-10-991-010- 23 (SHEET 2)



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 415
Nov 01/06
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


R Lower Extension Lead


Figure 402/TASK 77-21-10-991-010- 33 (SHEET 3)



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 416
Nov 01/06
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

R (a) Remove the bolt (30) from the bracket (50) on flange S, at the
R 8:45 oclock position (Detail C).

R (b) Remove the clamp (70).

R (c) Remove the bolt (80) from the bracket (60) on lever left T495
R sector junction box at the 8 oclock position (Detail D).

R (d) Remove the clamp (110).

R (e) Remove the bolt (100) from the bracket (90) on flange S, at the
R 7:30 oclock position (Detail E).

R (f) Remove the clamp (140).

R (g) Remove the bolt (130) from the bracket (120) on flange S, at the
R 6:45 oclock position (Detail F).

R (h) Remove the clamp (160).

R (i) Remove the bolt (150) from the bracket (170) on flange S, at the
R 6 oclock position (Detail G).

(4) Remove the lower extension lead from the engine.

(5) Install the blanking plugs and caps on the connectors and the
receptacles.



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 417
May 01/07
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

TASK 77-21-10-400-006

Installation of the Lower Extension Lead

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice


R No specific Torque Wrench : range 30.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
R (0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. CP2101 USA MIL-T-5544


graphite grease (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. CP8001 *
lockwire 0.032 in (0.8 mm) dia. (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. CP8002 *
lockwire 0.032 in (0.8 mm) dia. (Ref. 70-30-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-010-040 Opening of the Fan Cowl Doors


71-13-00-410-040 Closing of the Fan Cowl Doors
73-29-00-710-040 Operational Test of the FADEC on the Ground (with
Engine non Motoring)
78-30-00-081-041 Make the Thrust Reverser Serviceable after
Maintenance
78-30-00-481-041 Make the Thrust Reverser Unserviceable for
Maintenance



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 418
Nov 01/09
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-36-00-010-040 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Doors


78-36-00-410-040 Closing of the Thrust Reverser Doors
R 77-21-10-991-010 Fig. 402

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 77-21-10-860-051

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU, make sure that a
warning notice is in position to tell persons not to start the
engine.

(2) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the ON legend
of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2) pushbutton switch is off. Make sure
that a warning notice is in position to tell persons not to energize
the FADEC 1(2).

Subtask 77-21-10-010-061

B. Get Access

(1) Make sure that the fan cowl doors are open: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-
040)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

(2) Make sure that the thrust reverser doors are open: (Ref. TASK 78-36-
00-010-040)
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

Subtask 77-21-10-040-053

C. Make sure that the thrust reverser is unserviceable (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-
481-041).



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 419
Nov 01/06
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 402/TASK 77-21-10-991-010)

Subtask 77-21-10-420-055

A. Installation of the Lower Extension Lead

(1) Remove the blanking plugs and caps from the connetors and
receptacles.

(2) Apply a thin layer of graphite grease (Material No. CP2101) on the
threads of the bolts (30), (80), (100), (130) and (150).

(3) Make sure that the connectors and receptacles are clean and clear of
unwanted materials.

CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY LUBRICANT OR ANTI-SEIZE COMPOUND (SPRAY OR


_______
LIQUID) INTO THE CONNECTOR NUT AND RECEPTACLE. LUBRICANT
THAT TOUCHES INTERNAL CHROMEL AND ALUMEL WIRES CAN CAUSE
EGT INCORRECT INDICATION.

(4) Install the lower extension lead (10) and connect it to the main
junction box (20) and to the lower right T495 sector junction box
(180).

(5) Install the parts which attach the lower extension lead as follows:

R (a) Install the clamp (40) on the bracket (50) on flange S, at the
R 8:45 oclock position (Detail C).

R (b) Install the bolt (30).

R (c) Install the clamp (70) on the bracket (60) on lever left T495
R sector junction box at the 8 oclock position (Detail D).

R (d) Install the bolt (80).

R (e) Install the clamp (110) on the bracket (90) on flange S, at the
R 7:30 oclock position (Detail E).

R (f) Install the bolt (100).

R (g) Install the clamp (140) on the bracket (120) on flange S, at the
R 6:45 oclock position (Detail F).

R (h) Install the bolt (130).



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 420
May 01/07
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

R (i) Install the clamp (160) on the bracket (170) on flange S, at the
R 6 oclock position (Detail G).

R (j) Install the bolt (150).


R

(6) Make sure that the lower extension lead (10) is not stressed and
TORQUE as follows:

(a) The connecting nuts to between 168 and 186 lbf.in (1.89 and 2.10
m.daN) and safety with lockwire 0.032 in (0.8 mm) dia. (Material
No. CP8001) or lockwire 0.032 in (0.8 mm) dia. (Material No.
CP8002).

(b) The bolts (30), (80), (100), (130) and (150) to between 47 and 53
lbf.in (0.53 and 0.59 m.daN).

Subtask 77-21-10-710-055

B. Do an Operational Test of the FADEC on the Ground (with Engine non


Motoring) (Ref. TASK 73-29-00-710-040).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 77-21-10-410-061

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the thrust reverser cowl doors (Ref. TASK 78-36-00-410-040):
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

Subtask 77-21-10-440-051

B. Make the thrust reverser serviceable (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-081-041)

Subtask 77-21-10-410-062

C. Close Access

(1) Close the fan cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-040):


FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 421
May 01/07
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

TASK 77-21-10-000-002

Removal of the Main Junction Box

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking plugs


No specific caps
No specific warning notice

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-010-040 Opening of the Fan Cowl Doors


78-30-00-481-041 Make the Thrust Reverser Unserviceable for
Maintenance
78-36-00-010-040 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Doors
77-21-10-991-011 Fig. 403

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 77-21-10-941-051

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 422
May 01/07
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 77-21-10-010-051

B. Close Access

(1) Open the fan cowl doors: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-040)


FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

Subtask 77-21-10-040-054

C. Make the thrust reverser unserviceable (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-481-041).

Subtask 77-21-10-010-062

D. Open the thrust reverser doors: (Ref. TASK 78-36-00-010-040)


FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 77-21-10-991-011)

Subtask 77-21-10-020-051

A. Removal of the Main Junction Box

(1) Cut and remove the lockwires.

R (2) Disconnect the upper extension lead (10) and the lower extension lead
R (40) from the main junction box (20).

R (3) Disconnect the CJ13 harness connector (60) from the main junction box
R (20).



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 423
May 01/04
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


R Main Junction Box


Figure 403/TASK 77-21-10-991-011- 13 (SHEET 1)



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 424
May 01/04
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


R Main Junction Box


Figure 403/TASK 77-21-10-991-011- 23 (SHEET 2)



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 425
May 01/04
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


R Main Junction Box


Figure 403/TASK 77-21-10-991-011- 33 (SHEET 3)



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 426
May 01/04
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

(4) Disconnect the main junction box leads (20) from the upper left T495
sector junction box (100) and lower left T495 sector junction box
(140).

(5) Remove the parts which attach the main junction box (20) as follows:

(a) Remove the bolt (80) from the bracket (90) on flange S, at the
10:15 oclock position (Detail C).

(b) Remove the clamp (90).

(c) Remove the bolt (120) from the bracket (110) on flange S, at the
8:30 oclock position (Detail E).

(d) Remove the clamp (130).

(e) Remove the nuts (30) from the flange S, at the 9:15 oclock
position (Detail B).

(f) Remove the clamp (50).

(6) Remove the main junction box (20) from the engine.

(7) Install the blanking plugs and caps on the connectors and the
receptacles.



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 427
Nov 01/09
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

TASK 77-21-10-400-002

Installation of the Main Junction Box

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice


R No specific Torque Wrench : range 30.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
R (0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. CP2101 USA MIL-T-5544


graphite grease (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. CP8001 *
lockwire 0.032 in (0.8 mm) (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. CP8002 *
lockwire 0.032 in(0.8 mm) (Ref. 70-30-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure


31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
71-13-00-010-040 Opening of the Fan Cowl Doors
71-13-00-410-040 Closing of the Fan Cowl Doors
73-29-00-710-040 Operational Test of the FADEC on the Ground (with
Engine non Motoring)
78-30-00-081-041 Make the Thrust Reverser Serviceable after
Maintenance



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 428
Nov 01/09
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-30-00-481-041 Make the Thrust Reverser Unserviceable for


Maintenance
78-36-00-010-040 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Doors
78-36-00-410-040 Closing of the Thrust Reverser Doors
R 77-21-10-991-011 Fig. 403

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 77-21-10-860-052

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU, make sure that a
R warning notice is in position to tell persons not to start the
R engine.

(2) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the ON legend
of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2) pushbutton switch is off. Make sure
that a warning notice is in position to tell persons not to energize
the FADEC 1(2).

Subtask 77-21-10-010-063

B. Get Access

(1) Make sure that the fan cowl doors are open: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-
040)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

(2) Make sure that the thrust reverser doors are open: (Ref. TASK 78-36-
00-010-040)
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

Subtask 77-21-10-040-055

C. Make sure that the thrust reverser is unserviceable (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-
481-041).



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 429
May 01/06
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 403/TASK 77-21-10-991-011)

Subtask 77-21-10-420-051

A. Installation of the Main Junction Box.

(1) Remove the blanking plugs and caps from the electrical connectors and
receptacles.

(2) Apply a thin layer of graphite grease (Material No. CP2101) on the
threads of the bolts (50), (80) and (120).

R CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY LUBRICANT OR ANTI-SEIZE COMPOUND (SPRAY OR


_______
R LIQUID) INTO THE CONNECTOR NUT AND RECEPTACLE. LUBRICANT
R THAT TOUCHES INTERNAL CHROMEL AND ALUMEL WIRES CAN CAUSE
R EGT INCORRECT INDICATION.

(3) Install the main junction box (20) on the rear face of the support
sector ring and engage the connector receptacle in the sector ring.

(4) Attach the main junction box (20) to the flange S with bolts (50) and
nuts (30).

(5) TORQUE the nuts (30) to between 100 and 110 lbf.in (1.13 and 1.24
m.daN).

(6) Make sure that the connectors and receptacles are clean and clear of
unwanted materials.

R CAUTION : DO NOT APPLY LUBRICANT OR ANTI-SEIZE COMPOUND (SPRAY OR


_______
R LIQUID) INTO THE CONNECTOR NUT AND RECEPTACLE. LUBRICANT
R THAT TOUCHES INTERNAL CHROMEL AND ALUMEL WIRES CAN CAUSE
R EGT INCORRECT INDICATION.

(7) Connect the main junction box leads (20) to the upper left T495
sector junction box (100) and to the lower left T495 sector junction
box (140).

(8) TORQUE the connecting nuts to between 168 and 186 lbf.in (1.89 and
2.10 m.daN) and safety with lockwire 0.032 in (0.8 mm) (Material No.
CP8001) or lockwire 0.032 in(0.8 mm) (Material No. CP8002).

(9) Install the parts which attach the main junction box leads (20) as
follows:



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 430
Nov 01/06
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

R (a) Install the clamp (90).

R (b) Install the bolt (80) on the bracket (70) on flange S, at the
R 10:15 oclock position (Detail C).

R (c) Install the clamp (130).

R (d) Install the bolt (120) on the bracket (110) on flange S, at the
R 8:30 oclock position (Detail E).

(10) Connect the upper extension lead (10) and the lower extension lead
(40) to the main junction box (20). Tighten the connectors by hand.

(11) TORQUE the bolts (80), (120) to between 168 and 186 lbf.in (1.89 and
2.10 m.daN).

(12) Connect the CJ13 harness connector (60) to the main junction box
(20).

(13) TORQUE the connecting nuts to between 135 and 180 lbf.in (1.52 and
2.03 m.daN) and safety with lockwire 0.032 in (0.8 mm) (Material No.
CP8001) or lockwire 0.032 in(0.8 mm) (Material No. CP8002).

Subtask 77-21-10-869-050

B. Do the ECAM start procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-001).

Subtask 77-21-10-710-050

C. Do an Operational Test of the FADEC on the Ground (with Engine non


Motoring) (Ref. TASK 73-29-00-710-040).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 77-21-10-869-051

A. Do the EIS stop procedure (Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002).



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 431
May 01/07
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

Subtask 77-21-10-410-056

B. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the thrust reverser cowl doors (Ref. TASK 78-36-00-410-040):
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

Subtask 77-21-10-440-052

C. Make the thrust reverser serviceable (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-081-041)

Subtask 77-21-10-410-051

D. Close Access

(1) Close the fan cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-040):


FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 432
Nov 01/06
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

TASK 77-21-10-000-003

Removal of the Upper Right Thermocouple Lead Assembly

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking plugs


No specific caps
No specific warning notice

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-010-040 Opening of the Fan Cowl Doors


78-30-00-481-041 Make the Thrust Reverser Unserviceable for
Maintenance
78-36-00-010-040 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Doors
77-21-10-991-015 Fig. 404

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 77-21-10-941-052

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 433
Nov 01/06
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 77-21-10-010-052

B. Get Access

(1) Open the fan cowl doors: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-040)


FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

Subtask 77-21-10-040-056

C. Make the thrust reverser unserviceable (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-481-041).

Subtask 77-21-10-010-064

D. Open the thrust reverser doors: (Ref. TASK 78-36-00-010-040)


FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 77-21-10-991-015)

Subtask 77-21-10-020-052

A. Removal of the Upper Right Thermocouple Lead Assembly

(1) Cut and remove the lockwire.

R NOTE : For engine with EGT sensor (thermocouple) probe brackets


____
R repaired, you find a bolt which replaces a stud and a nut
R (10). A lockwire lock the bolt to a specific washer located on
R the nut (10).
R
R You can see engraved on the specific washer mark aera, the
R number of SB CFM56-5a 72-0673.



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 434
Nov 01/06
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


INTENTIONALLY BLANK


R



 77-21-10

Page 435
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


R Upper Right T495 Sector


R Figure 404/TASK 77-21-10-991-015- 14 (SHEET 1)



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 436
May 01/07
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


R Upper Right T495 Sector


R Figure 404/TASK 77-21-10-991-015- 24 (SHEET 2)



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 437
May 01/07
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


R Upper Right T495 Sector


R Figure 404/TASK 77-21-10-991-015- 34 (SHEET 3)



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 438
May 01/07
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


R Upper Right T495 Sector


R Figure 404/TASK 77-21-10-991-015- 44 (SHEET 4)



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 439
May 01/07
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

(2) Disconnect the upper extension lead connector (90) from the upper
right T495 sector junction box (parallel junction box) (20).

PRE SB CFM 72-0673

(a) Remove the nuts (10) from the studs (30) on LPT case, between the
12 oclock and the 3 oclock positions (Detail B) (3locations).

END OF PRE SB CFM 72-0673

POST SB CFM 72-0673

(b) Remove the bolts (65) from the EGT Sensor (Thermocouple) Probe
Bracket Assy on LPT case, between the 12 oclock positions (Detail
B) (3 locations).

(c) Remove the nut (10) and the washer from the stud (30). Keep the
bolt and the washer.

END OF POST SB CFM 72-0673

(d) Remove the bolt (60) from the bracket (40) on flange S, at the
11:45 oclock position (Detail C).

(e) Remove the clamp (50).

(f) Remove the nuts (80) from the flange S, at the 12:45 oclock
position (Detail D).

(g) Remove the bolt (70).

(h) Remove the nuts (100) from the bracket (140) on flange S, at the
1:30 oclock position (Detail E).

(i) Remove the bolt (130), the clamps (110) and (120).

(j) Remove the bolt (170) from the bracket (150) on flange S, at the
2:15 oclock position (Detail F).

(k) Remove the clamps (160).

(3) Carefully remove the upper right thermocouple lead assembly (upper
right T495 sector) (20) from the LPT holes and from the engine.

(4) Install the blanking plugs and caps on all disconnected parts.



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 440
May 01/08
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

TASK 77-21-10-400-003

Installation of the Upper Right Thermocouple Lead Assembly

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice


R No specific Torque Wrench : range 30.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
R (0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. CP2101 USA MIL-T-5544


graphite grease (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. CP2544 *
Molykote P37 (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. CP8001 *
lockwire 0.032 in (0.8 mm) dia. (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. CP8002 *
lockwire 0.032 in (0.8 mm) dia. (Ref. 70-30-00)



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 441
Nov 01/09
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-010-040 Opening of the Fan Cowl Doors


71-13-00-410-040 Closing of the Fan Cowl Doors
73-29-00-710-040 Operational Test of the FADEC on the Ground (with
Engine non Motoring)
78-30-00-081-041 Make the Thrust Reverser Serviceable after
Maintenance
78-30-00-481-041 Make the Thrust Reverser Unserviceable for
Maintenance
78-36-00-010-040 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Doors
78-36-00-410-040 Closing of the Thrust Reverser Doors
R SPM 701012350005
77-21-10-991-015 Fig. 404

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 77-21-10-860-053

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU, make sure that a
warning notice is in position to tell persons not to start the
engine.

(2) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the ON legend
of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2) pushbutton switch is off. Make sure
that a warning notice is in position to tell persons not to energize
the FADEC 1(2).

Subtask 77-21-10-010-065

B. Get Access

(1) Make sure that the fan cowl doors are open: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-
040)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 442
Nov 01/09
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

(2) Make sure that the thrust reverser doors are open: (Ref. TASK 78-36-
00-010-040)
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

Subtask 77-21-10-040-057

C. Make sure that the thrust reverser is unserviceable (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-
481-041).

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 404/TASK 77-21-10-991-015)

Subtask 77-21-10-420-052

A. Installation of the Upper Right (R/H) Thermocouple Lead Assembly (Upper


Right T495 Sector)

SB CFM 72-0673

(1) Identify if not done before the repair by marking the service
bulletin n umber CFM56-5A 72-0673 on the locally manufactured washer
R (Ref. SPM 701012350005).

END OF PRE SB CFM 72-0673

(2) Remove the blanking plugs and caps.

(3) Lubricate the threads of the LPT case studs (30) with lubricant
Molykote P37 (Material No. CP2544)

NOTE : For engine with EGT sensor (thermocouple) probe brackets


____
repaired, SB 72-0673, a bolt replace one stud missing and one
nut (10) on each bracket.

(4) Lubricate the threads of the bolts (60), (70), (130), (170) with
graphite grease (Material No. CP2101).

(5) Carefully install the upper right thermocouple lead assembly (upper
right T495 sector) (20) in position on the engine, and engage the
upper right T495 sector probes in the LPT case.



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 443
Nov 01/09
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

R (6) Install the parts which attach the upper right T495 sector as
follows:

PRE SB CFM 72-0673

(a) Install the nuts (10) on the studs (30) on LPT case, between the
12 oclock and the 3 oclock positions (Detail B) (3locations).

END OF PRE SB CFM 72-0673

POST SB CFM 72-0673

(b) Install the bolts (65) from the EGT Sensor (Thermocouple) Probe
Bracket Assy on LPT case, between the 12 oclock positions (Detail
B) (3 locations).

(c) Install the nuts (10) and the washer from the studs (30). Take
care to set the plate of the specific washers turned to the head
of the bolts with the number engraved at the top.

END OF POST SB CFM 72-0673

(d) Install the clamp (50) on the bracket (40) on flange S, at the
11:45 oclock position (Detail C).

(e) Install the bolt (60).

(f) Install the bolts (70) on flange S at the 12:45 oclock position
(Detail D).

(g) Install the nuts (80).

(h) Install the clamps (110) and (120) on the bracket (140) on flange
S, at the 1:30 oclock position (Detail E).

(i) Install the bolt (130) and the nut (100).

(j) Install the clamp (160) on the bracket (150) on flange S, at the
2:15 oclock position (Detail F).

(k) Install the bolt (170).

PRE SB CFM 72-0673



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 444
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

R (7) TORQUE the nuts (10), (80) to between 100 and 110 lbf.in (1.13 and
1.24 m.daN).

END OF PRE SB CFM 72-0673

POST SB CFM 72-0673

R (8) TORQUE the nuts (10) to between 98 and 110 lbf.in (1.10 and 1.24
m.daN).

R (9) TORQUE the bolts to between 100 and 110 lbf.in (1.13 and 1.24 m.daN).

R (10) TORQUE the nuts (80) to between 100 and 110 lbf.in (1.13 and 1.24
m.daN).

R (11) Lock the bolts by a lockwire engaged through the head holes and
attached to the specific washers.

END OF POST SB CFM 72-0673

R (12) TORQUE the nuts (100) and the bolts (60), (170) to between 47 and 53
lbf.in (0.53 and 0.59 m.daN).

R (13) Make sure that the connectors and receptacles are clean and clear of
unwanted materials.

R (14) Connect the upper extension lead connector (90) to the upper right
T495 sector junction box (parallel junction box) (20).

R (15) TORQUE the connecting nut to between 168 and 186 lbf.in (1.89 and
2.10 m.daN) and safety with lockwire 0.032 in (0.8 mm) dia. (Material
No. CP8001) or lockwire 0.032 in (0.8 mm) dia. (Material No. CP8002).

Subtask 77-21-10-710-052

B. Do an Operational Test of the FADEC on the Ground (with Engine non


Motoring) (Ref. TASK 73-29-00-710-040).



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 445
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 77-21-10-410-057

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the thrust reverser cowl doors (Ref. TASK 78-36-00-410-040):
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

Subtask 77-21-10-440-053

B. Make the thrust reverser serviceable (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-081-041)

Subtask 77-21-10-410-052

C. Close Access

(1) Close the fan cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-040):


FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 446
May 01/07
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

TASK 77-21-10-000-004

Removal of the Lower Left Thermocouple Lead Assembly

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking plugs


No specific caps
No specific warning notice

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-30-00-481-041 Make the Thrust Reverser Unserviceable for


Maintenance
78-36-00-010-040 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Doors
77-21-10-991-012 Fig. 405

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 77-21-10-941-053

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.


R

EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 447
May 01/07
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 77-21-10-040-058

B. Make the thrust reverser unserviceable (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-481-041).

Subtask 77-21-10-010-066

C. Open the thrust reverser doors: (Ref. TASK 78-36-00-010-040)


FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 77-21-10-991-012)

Subtask 77-21-10-020-053

A. Removal of the Lower Left Thermocouple Lead Assembly (Lower Left T495
Sector)

(1) Cut and remove the lockwire.

NOTE : For engine with EGT sensor (thermocouple) probe brackets


____
repaired, you find a bolt which replaces a stud and a nut
(10). A lockwire lock the bolt to a specific washer located on
the nut (10).
You can see engraved on the specific washer mark aera, the
R number of SB CFM56 72-0673.

(2) Disconnect the main junction box lead connector (130) from the lower
left T495 sector junction box (parralel junction box) (20).



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 448
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


INTENTIONALLY BLANK


R



 77-21-10

Page 449
Nov 01/09
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


R Lower Left T495 Sector


R Figure 405/TASK 77-21-10-991-012- 14 (SHEET 1)



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 450
May 01/07
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


R Lower Left T495 Sector


R Figure 405/TASK 77-21-10-991-012- 24 (SHEET 2)



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 451
May 01/07
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


R Lower Left T495 Sector


R Figure 405/TASK 77-21-10-991-012- 34 (SHEET 3)



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 452
May 01/07
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


R Lower Left T495 Sector


R Figure 405/TASK 77-21-10-991-012- 44 (SHEET 4)



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 453
May 01/07
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

(3) Remove the parts which attach the lower left T495 as follows:

PRE SB CFM 72-0673

(a) Remove the nuts (10) from the studs (30) on LPT case, between the
7 and 8:15 oclock positions (Detail B).

END OF PRE SB CFM 72-0673

POST SB CFM 72-0673

(b) Remove the bolt (65) from the EGT Sensor (Thermocouple) Probe
Bracket Assy on LPT case, at the 7 and 8:15 oclock positions
(Detail B).

(c) Remove the nut (10) and the washer ffrom the stud (30). Keep the
bolt and the washer.

END OF POST SB CFM 72-0673

(d) Remove the bolt (60) from the bracket (40) on flange S, at the
8:30 oclock position (Detail C).

(e) Remove the clamp (50).

(f) Remove the bolt (120) on the bracket (90) on lower left T495
sector (20) junction, at the 8 oclock position (Detail D).

(g) Remove the clamp (110).

(h) Remove the lower extension lead box (100).

(i) Remove the nuts (80) from the flange S, at the 8 oclock position
(Detail D).

(j) Remove the bolt (70) and the bracket (90).

(k) Remove the bolt (10) from the bracket (100) on flange S, at the
7:30 oclock position (Detail E).

(l) Remove the clamp (160).

(4) Carefully remove the lower left T495 sector (20) from the LPT holes,
and from the engine.

(5) Install the blanking plugs and caps on all disconnected parts.



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 454
Nov 01/09
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

TASK 77-21-10-400-004

Installation of the Lower Left Thermocouple Lead Assembly

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice


R No specific Torque Wrench : range 30.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
R (0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. CP2101 USA MIL-T-5544


graphite grease (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. CP2544 *
Molykote P37 (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. CP8001 *
lockwire 0.032 in (0.8 mm) dia. (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. CP8002 *
lockwire 0.032 in (0.8 mm) dia. (Ref. 70-30-00)



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 455
Nov 01/09
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-010-040 Opening of the Fan Cowl Doors


71-13-00-410-040 Closing of the Fan Cowl Doors
73-29-00-710-040 Operational Test of the FADEC on the Ground (with
Engine non Motoring)
78-30-00-081-041 Make the Thrust Reverser Serviceable after
Maintenance
78-30-00-481-041 Make the Thrust Reverser Unserviceable for
Maintenance
78-36-00-010-040 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Doors
78-36-00-410-040 Closing of the Thrust Reverser Doors
R SPM 701012350005
77-21-10-991-012 Fig. 405

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 77-21-10-860-054

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU, make sure that a
warning notice is in position to tell persons not to start the
engine.

(2) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the ON legend
of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2) pushbutton switch is off. Make sure
that a warning notice is in position to tell persons not to energize
the FADEC 1(2).

Subtask 77-21-10-010-067

B. Get Access

(1) Make sure that the fan cowl doors are open: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-
040)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 456
Nov 01/09
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

(2) Make sure that the thrust reverser doors are open: (Ref. TASK 78-36-
00-010-040)
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

Subtask 77-21-10-040-059

C. Make sure that the thrust reverser is unserviceable (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-
481-041).

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 405/TASK 77-21-10-991-012)

Subtask 77-21-10-420-053

A. Installation of the Lower Left (L/H) Thermocouple Lead Assembly (Lower


Left T495 Sector)

SB 72-0673

(1) Identify if not done before the repair by marking the service
bulletin number CFM56-5A 72-0673 on the locally manufactured washer
R (Ref. SPM 701012350005).

End SB 72-0673

(2) Remove the blanking plugs and caps.

(3) Lubricate the threads of the LPT case studs (30) with lubricant
Molykote P37 (Material No. CP2544).

NOTE : For engine with EGT sensor (thermocouple) probe brackets


____
repaired, SB 72-0673, a bolt replace one stud missing and one
nut (10) on each bracket.

(4) Lubricate the threads of the bolts (60), (70), (120), (150) with
graphite grease (Material No. CP2101).

(5) Carefully install the lower left T495 sector (20) in position on the
engine, and engage the lower left T495 sector probes in the LPT case.



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 457
Nov 01/09
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

(6) Install the parts which attach the lower left T495 sector as follows:

PRE SB CFM 72-0673

(a) Install the nuts (10) on the studs (30) on LPT case, between the
7 and 8:15 oclock positions (Detail B).

END OF PRE SB CFM 72-0673

POST SB CFM 72-0673

(b) Install the bolt (65) on the holes threaded of the EGT sensor
(thermocouple) probe brackets, on LPT case, at the 7 and 8:15
oclock positions (Detail B).

(c) Install the nuts (10) and the washers on the stud (30). Take care
to set the plate of the specific washers turned to the head of
the bolts with the number engraved at the top.

END OF POST SB CFM 72-0673

(d) Install the clamp (50) on the bracket (40), on flange S, at the
8:30 oclock position (Detail C).

(e) Install the bolt (60).

(f) Install the bolts (70) on flange S, at the 8 oclock position


(Detail D).

(g) Install the bracket (90) and the nuts (80).

(h) Install the lower extension lead (100) on the bracket (90), on
the lower left T495 sector (20) junction box at the 8 oclock
position (Detail D).

(i) Install the clamp (110) and the bolt (120).

(j) Install the clamp (160) on the bracket (140), on flange S, at the
7:30 oclock position (Detail E).

(k) Install the bolt (150).

PRE SB CFM 72-0673



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 458
Nov 01/09
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

(7) TORQUE the nuts (10), (80) to between 100 and 110 lbf.in (1.13 and
1.24 m.daN).

END OF PRE SB CFM 72-0673

POST SB CFM 72-0673

(8) TORQUE the nuts (10) to between 98 and 110 lbf.in (1.10 and 1.24
m.daN).

(9) TORQUE the bolts to between 100 and 110 lbf.in (1.13 and 1.24 m.daN).

(10) TORQUE the nuts (80) to between 100 and 110 lbf.in (1.13 and 1.24
m.daN).

(11) Lock the bolts by a lockwire engaged through the head holes and
attached to the specific washers.

END OF SB CFM 72-0673

(12) TORQUE the bolts (60), (120), (150) to between 47 and 53 lbf.in (0.53
and 0.59 m.daN).

(13) Make sure that the connectors and receptacles are clean and clear of
unwanted materials.

(14) Connect the main junction box lead connector (130) to the lower left
T495 sector junction box (parallel junction box) (20).

(15) TORQUE the connecting nut to between 168 and 186 lbf.in (1.89 and
2.10 m.daN) and safety with lockwire 0.032 in (0.8 mm) dia. (Material
No. CP8001) or lockwire 0.032 in (0.8 mm) dia. (Material No. CP8002).

Subtask 77-21-10-710-053

B. Do an Operational Test of the FADEC on the Ground (with Engine non


Motoring) (Ref. TASK 73-29-00-710-040).



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 459
Nov 01/09
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 77-21-10-410-058

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the thrust reverser cowl doors (Ref. TASK 78-36-00-410-040):
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

Subtask 77-21-10-440-054

B. Make the thrust reverser serviceable (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-081-041)

Subtask 77-21-10-410-053

C. Close Access

(1) Close the fan cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-040):


FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 460
Nov 01/09
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

TASK 77-21-10-000-007

Removal of the Upper Left Thermocouple Lead Assembly

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking plugs


No specific caps
No specific warning notice

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-010-040 Opening of the Fan Cowl Doors


78-30-00-481-041 Make the Thrust Reverser Unserviceable for
Maintenance
78-36-00-010-040 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Doors
77-21-10-991-013 Fig. 406

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 77-21-10-941-058

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 461
Nov 01/09
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 77-21-10-010-057

B. Get Access

(1) Open the fan cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-040):


FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

Subtask 77-21-10-040-060

C. Make the thrust reverser unserviceable (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-481-041).

Subtask 77-21-10-010-068

D. Open the thrust reverser doors: (Ref. TASK 78-36-00-010-040)


FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 77-21-10-991-013)

Subtask 77-21-10-020-055

A. Removal of the Upper Left Thermocouple Lead Assembly (Upper Left T495
Sector)

(1) Cut and remove the lockwire.

NOTE : For engine with EGT sensor (thermocouple) probe brackets


____
repaired, you find a bolt which replaces a stud and a nut
(10). A lockwire lock the bolt to a specific washer located on
the nut (10).
You can see engraved on the specific washer mark area, the
number of SB CFM56-5a 72-0673.



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 462
Nov 01/09
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


INTENTIONALLY BLANK


R



 77-21-10

Page 463
Nov 01/09
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


Upper Left T495 Sector


Figure 406/TASK 77-21-10-991-013- 14 (SHEET 1)



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 464
Nov 01/09
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


Upper Left T495 Sector


Figure 406/TASK 77-21-10-991-013- 24 (SHEET 2)



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 465
Nov 01/09
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


Upper Left T495 Sector


Figure 406/TASK 77-21-10-991-013- 34 (SHEET 3)



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 466
Nov 01/09
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


Upper Left T495 Sector


Figure 406/TASK 77-21-10-991-013- 44 (SHEET 4)



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 467
Nov 01/09
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

(2) Disconnect the main junction box lead connector (90) from the upper
left T495 sector junction box (parallel junction box) (20).

(3) Remove the parts which attach the upper Left T495 sector as follows:

PRE SB CFM 72-0673

(a) Remove the nuts (10) from the studs (30) on LPT case, at the 9:30
and the 10:45 oclock positions (Detail B).

END OF PRE SB CFM 72-0673

POST SB CFM 72-0673

(b) Remove the bolt (65) from the EGT Sensor (Thermocouple) Probe
Bracket Assy on LPT case, at the 9:30 and the 10:45 oclock
positions (Detail B).

(c) Remove the nut (10) and the washer from the stud (30). Keep the
bolt and the washer.

END OF POST SB CFM 72-0673

(d) Remove the bolt (50) from the bracket (40) on flange S, at the
10:45 oclock position (Detail C).

(e) Remove the clamp (60).

(f) Remove the nuts (80) from the flange S, at the 10:30 oclock
position (Detail D).

(g) Remove the bolts (70).

(h) Remove the bolt (110) on the bracket (100), on flange S, at the
11 oclock position (Detail E).

(i) Remove the clamp (120).

(4) Carefully remove the upper left T495 sector (20) from the LPT holes,
and from the engine.

(5) Install the blanking plugs and caps on all disconnected parts.



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 468
Nov 01/09
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

TASK 77-21-10-400-007

Installation of the Upper Left Thermocouple Lead Assembly

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice


R No specific Torque Wrench : range 30.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
R (0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. CP2101 USA MIL-T-5544


graphite grease (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. CP2544 *
Molykote P37 (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. CP8001 *
lockwire 0.032 in (0.8 mm) dia. (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. CP8002 *
lockwire 0.032 in (0.8 mm) dia. (Ref. 70-30-00)



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 469
Nov 01/09
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-010-040 Opening of the Fan Cowl Doors


71-13-00-410-040 Closing of the Fan Cowl Doors
73-29-00-710-040 Operational Test of the FADEC on the Ground (with
Engine non Motoring)
78-30-00-081-041 Make the Thrust Reverser Serviceable after
Maintenance
78-30-00-481-041 Make the Thrust Reverser Unserviceable for
Maintenance
78-36-00-010-040 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Doors
78-36-00-410-040 Closing of the Thrust Reverser Doors
R SPM 701012350005
77-21-10-991-013 Fig. 406

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 77-21-10-860-055

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU, make sure that a
warning notice is in position to tell persons not to start the
engine.

(2) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the ON legend
of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2) pushbutton switch is off. Make sure
that a warning notice is in position to tell persons not to energize
the FADEC 1(2).

Subtask 77-21-10-010-069

B. Get Access

(1) Make sure that the fan cowl doors are open: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-
040)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 470
Nov 01/09
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

(2) Make sure that the thrust reverser doors are open: (Ref. TASK 78-36-
00-010-040)
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

Subtask 77-21-10-040-061

C. Make sure that the thrust reverser is unserviceable (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-
481-041).

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 406/TASK 77-21-10-991-013)

Subtask 77-21-10-420-056

A. Installation of the Upper Left Thermocouple Lead Aseembly (Upper Left


T495 Sector)

SB CFM 72-0673

(1) Identify if not done before the repair by marking the service
bulletin number CFM56-5A 72-0673 on the locally manufactured washer
R (Ref. SPM 701012350005).
END OF SB CFM 72-0673

(2) Remove the blanking plugs and caps.

(3) Lubricate the threads of the LPT case studs (30) with lubricant
Molykote P37 (Material No. CP2544).

NOTE : For engine with EGT sensor (thermocouple) probe brackets


____
repaired, SB 72-0673, a bolt replace one stud missing and one
nut (10) on each bracket.

(4) Lubricate the threads of the bolts (50), (70), (110) with graphite
grease (Material No. CP2101).

(5) Carefully install the upper left T495 sector (20) in position on the
engine, and engage the upper left T495 sector probes in the LPT case.



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 471
Nov 01/09
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

(6) Install the parts which attach the upper left T495 sector as follows:

PRE SB CFM 72-0673

(a) Install the nuts (10) on the studs (30) on LPT case, at the 9:30
and the 10:30 oclock positions (Detail B).

END OF PRE SB CFM 72-0673

POST SB CFM 72-0673

(b) Install the bolts (65) on the holes threaded of the EGT sensor
(thermocouple) probe brackets, on LPT case, at the 9:30 and the
10:30 oclock positions (Detail B).

(c) Install the nuts (10) and the washers on the stud (30). Take care
to set the plate of the specific washers turned to the head of
the bolts with the number engraved at the top.

END OF POST SB CFM 72-0673

(d) Install the clamp (60) on the bracket (40), on flange S, at the
10:15 oclock position (Detail C).

(e) Install the bolt (50).

(f) Install the bolts (70) on flange S, at the 10:30 oclock position
(Detail D).

(g) Install the nuts (80).

(h) Install the clamp (120) on the bracket (100), on flange S, at the
11 oclock position (Detail E).

(i) Install the bolt (110).

PRE SB 72-0673

(7) TORQUE the nuts (10), (80) to between 100 and 110 lbf.in (1.13 and
1.24 m.daN).

END OF PRE SB CFM 72-0673

POST SB 72-0673

(8) TORQUE the nuts (10) to between 98 and 110 lbf.in (1.10 and 1.24
m.daN).



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 472
Nov 01/09
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

(9) TORQUE the bolts to between 100 and 110 lbf.in (1.13 and 1.24 m.daN).

(10) TORQUE the nuts (80) to between 100 and 110 lbf.in (1.13 and 1.24
m.daN).

(11) Lock the bolts by a lockwire engaged through the head holes and
attached to the specific washers.

END OF POST SB 72-0673

(12) TORQUE the bolts (50), (110) to between 47 and 53 lbf.in (0.53 and
0.59 m.daN).

(13) Make sure that the connectors and the receptacles are clean and clear
of unwanted materials.

(14) Connect the main junction box lead connector (90) to the upper left
T495 sector junction box (parallel junction box) (20).

(15) TORQUE the connecting nut to between 168 and 186 lbf.in (1.89 and
2.10 m.daN) and safety with lockwire 0.032 in (0.8 mm) dia. (Material
No. CP8001) or lockwire 0.032 in (0.8 mm) dia. (Material No. CP8002).

Subtask 77-21-10-710-056

B. Do an Operational Test of the FADEC on the Ground (with Engine non


Motoring) (Ref. TASK 73-29-00-710-040).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 77-21-10-410-063

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the thrust reverser cowl doors (Ref. TASK 78-36-00-410-040).
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR.
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR.

Subtask 77-21-10-440-055

B. Make the thrust reverser serviceable (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-081-041)



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 473
Nov 01/09
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

Subtask 77-21-10-410-064

C. Close Access

(1) Close the fan cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-040).


FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR.
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 474
Nov 01/09
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

TASK 77-21-10-000-005

Removal of the Lower Right Thermocouple Lead Assembly

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking plugs


No specific caps
No specific warning notice

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-010-040 Opening of the Fan Cowl Doors


78-30-00-481-041 Make the Thrust Reverser Unserviceable for
Maintenance
78-36-00-010-040 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Doors
77-21-10-991-014 Fig. 407

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 77-21-10-941-054

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 475
Nov 01/09
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 77-21-10-010-054

B. Get Access

(1) Open the fan cowl doors: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-040)


FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

Subtask 77-21-10-040-062

C. Make the thrust reverser unserviceable (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-481-041).

Subtask 77-21-10-010-070

D. Open the thrust reverser doors: (Ref. TASK 78-36-00-010-040)


FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 77-21-10-991-014)

Subtask 77-21-10-020-054

A. Removal of the Lower Right (R/H) Thermocouple Lead Assembly (Lower Right
T495 Sector)

(1) Cut and remove the lockwire.

NOTE : For engine with EGT sensor (thermocouple) probe brackets


____
repaired, you find a bolt which replaces a stud and a nut
(10). A lockwire lock the bolt to a specific washer located on
the nut (10).
You can see engraved on the specific washer mark aera, the
number of SB CFM56-5a 72-0673.



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 476
Nov 01/09
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

(2) Disconnect the lower extension lead connector (80) from the lower
right T495 sector junction box (parallel junction box) (20).

(3) Remove the parts which attach the lower right T495 sector as follows:

PRE SB CFM 72-0673

(a) Remove the nuts (10) from the studs (30) on LPT case, at the 4:15
and the 5:30 oclock positions (Detail B).

END OF PRE SB CFM 72-0673

POST SB CFM 72-0673

(b) Remove the bolt (65) from the EGT Sensor (Thermocouple) Probe
Bracket Assy on LPT case, at the 4:15 and the 5:30 oclock
positions (Detail B).

(c) Remove the nut (10) and the washer from the stud (30). Keep the
bolt and the washer.

END OF POST SB CFM 72-0673

(d) Remove the bolt (60) from the bracket (40) on flange S, at the 6
oclock position (Detail C).

(e) Remove the clamp (50).

(f) Remove the nuts (90) from the flange S, at the 5:15 oclock
position (Detail D).

(g) Remove the bolts (70).

(h) Remove the bolt (120) from the bracket (100) on flange S, at the
4:30 oclock position (Detail E).

(i) Remove the clamp (110).

(4) Carefully remove the lower right T495 sector (20) from the LPT holes,
and from the engine.

(5) Install the blanking plugs and caps on all disconnected parts.



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 477
Nov 01/09
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


Lower Right T495 Sector


Figure 407/TASK 77-21-10-991-014- 14 (SHEET 1)



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 478
Nov 01/09
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


Lower Right T495 Sector


Figure 407/TASK 77-21-10-991-014- 24 (SHEET 2)



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 479
Nov 01/09
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


Lower Right T495 Sector


Figure 407/TASK 77-21-10-991-014- 34 (SHEET 3)



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 480
Nov 01/09
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


Lower Right T495 Sector


Figure 407/TASK 77-21-10-991-014- 44 (SHEET 4)



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 481
Nov 01/09
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

TASK 77-21-10-400-005

Installation of the Lower Right Thermocouple Lead Assembly

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice


R No specific Torque Wrench : range 30.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
R (0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. CP2101 USA MIL-T-5544


graphite grease (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. CP2544 *
Molykote P37 (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. CP8001 *
lockwire 0.032 in (0.8 mm) dia. (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. CP8002 *
lockwire 0.032 in (0.8 mm) dia. (Ref. 70-30-00)



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 482
Nov 01/09
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-010-040 Opening of the Fan Cowl Doors


71-13-00-410-040 Closing of the Fan Cowl Doors
73-29-00-710-040 Operational Test of the FADEC on the Ground (with
Engine non Motoring)
78-30-00-081-041 Make the Thrust Reverser Serviceable after
Maintenance
78-30-00-481-041 Make the Thrust Reverser Unserviceable for
Maintenance
78-36-00-010-040 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Doors
78-36-00-410-040 Closing of the Thrust Reverser Doors
R SPM 701012350005
77-21-10-991-014 Fig. 407

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 77-21-10-860-056

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU, make sure that a
warning notice is in position to tell persons not to start the
engine.

(2) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the ON legend
of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2) pushbutton switch is off. Make sure
that a warning notice is in position to tell persons not to energize
the FADEC 1(2).

Subtask 77-21-10-010-071

B. Get Access

(1) Make sure that the fan cowl doors are open: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-
040)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 483
Nov 01/09
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

(2) Make sure that the thrust reverser doors are open: (Ref. TASK 78-36-
00-010-040)
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

Subtask 77-21-10-040-063

C. Make sure that the thrust reverser is unserviceable (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-
481-041).

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 407/TASK 77-21-10-991-014)

Subtask 77-21-10-420-054

A. Installation of the Lower Right Thermocouple Lead Assembly (Lower Right


T495 Sector)

SB CFM 72-0673

(1) Identify if not done before the repair by marking the service
bulletin number CFM56-5A 72-0673 on the locally manufactured washer
R (Ref. SPM 701012350005).

END OF SB CFM 72-0673

(2) Remove the blanking plugs and caps.

(3) Lubricate the threads of the LPT case studs (30) with lubricant
Molykote P37 (Material No. CP2544).

NOTE : For engine with EGT sensor (thermocouple) probe brackets


____
repaired, SB 72-0673, a bolt replace one stud missing and one
nut (10) on each bracket.

(4) Lubricate the threads of the bolts (60), (70), (120) with graphite
grease (Material No. CP2101).

(5) Carefully install the lower right T495 sector (20) in position on the
engine, and engage the lower right T495 sector probes in the LPT
case.



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 484
Nov 01/09
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

(6) Install the parts which attach the lower right T495 sector as
follows:

PRE SB CFM 72-0673

(a) Install the nuts (10) on the studs (30) on LPT case, at the 4:15
and the 5:30 oclock positions (Detail B).

END OF PRE SB CFM 72-0673

POST SB CFM 72-0673

(b) Install the bolts (65) on the holes threaded of the EGT sensor
(thermocouple) probe brackets, on LPT case, at the 4:15 and the
5:30 oclock positions (Detail B).

(c) Install the nuts (10) and the washers on the stud (30). Take care
to set the plate of the specific washers turned to the head of
the bolts with the number engraved at the top.

END OF POST SB CFM 72-0673

(d) Install the clamp (50) on the bracket (40), on flange S, at the 6
oclock position (Detail C).

(e) Install the bolt (60).

(f) Install the bolts (70) on flange S , at the 10:15 oclock


position (Detail D).

(g) Install the nuts (90).

(h) Install the clamp (110) on the bracket (100), on flange S, at the
4:30 oclock position (Detail E).

(i) Install the bolt (120).

PRE SB CFM 72-0673

(7) TORQUE the nuts (10), (90) to between 100 and 110 lbf.in (1.13 and
1.24 m.daN).

END OF PRE SB CFM 72-0673

POST SB CFM 72-0673



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 485
Nov 01/09
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

(8) TORQUE the nuts (10) to between 98 and 110 lbf.in (1.10 and 1.24
m.daN).

(9) TORQUE the bolts to between 100 and 110 lbf.in (1.13 and 1.24 m.daN).

(10) TORQUE the nuts (90) to between 100 and 110 lbf.in (1.13 and 1.24
m.daN).

(11) Lock the bolts by a lockwire engaged through the head holes and
attached to the specific washers.

END OF POST SB CFM 72-0673

(12) TORQUE the bolts (60), (120) to between 47 and 53 lbf.in (0.53 and
0.59 m.daN).

(13) Make sure that the connectors and the receptacles are clean and clear
of unwanted materials.

(14) Connect the main junction box lead connector (80) to the lower right
T495 sector junction box (parallel junction box) (20).

(15) TORQUE the connecting nut to between 168 and 186 lbf.in (1.89 and
2.10 m.daN) and safety with lockwire 0.032 in (0.8 mm) dia. (Material
No. CP8001) or lockwire 0.032 in (0.8 mm) dia. (Material No. CP8002).

Subtask 77-21-10-710-054

B. Do an Operational Test of the FADEC on the Ground (with Engine non


Motoring) (Ref. TASK 73-29-00-710-040).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 77-21-10-410-059

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the thrust reverser cowl doors (Ref. TASK 78-36-00-410-040):
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 486
Nov 01/09
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

Subtask 77-21-10-440-056

B. Make the thrust reverser serviceable (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-081-041)

Subtask 77-21-10-410-054

C. Close Access

(1) Close the fan cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-040):


FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 487
Nov 01/09
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

T495 THERMOCOUPLE - INSPECTION/CHECK
____________________________________

TASK 77-21-10-200-001

Inspection/Check of the T495 Thermocouple Wiring Harness

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

This procedure gives instructions for the troubleshooting of each part and
the isolation of defective subassemblies in EGT systems, because a check of
the serviceability of the EGT thermocouple harness, as an assembly, is not
possible. You must do this procedure step by step as described below.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific megohmeter
No specific megohmeter (50 Volts DC or 100 Volts DC)
No specific ohmmeter, accuracy 1%
No specific ohmmeter, accurary 1%
No specific warning notice
No specific MIL-C 5015-10SL3S connector with test lead
No specific access platform 1 m (3 ft. 3 in.)
R No specific Torque Wrench : range 30.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
R (0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)
856A3317 1 LEAD,CHECK-EGT(T495) RH WIRING HARNESS
856A3318 2 LEAD,CHECK-EGT(T495) LH WIRING HARNESS

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. CP8001 *


lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia. (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. CP8002 *
lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia. (Ref. 70-30-00)



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 601
Nov 01/09
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-010-040 Opening of the Fan Cowl Doors


71-13-00-410-040 Closing of the Fan Cowl Doors
78-30-00-081-041 Make the Thrust Reverser Serviceable after
Maintenance
78-30-00-481-041 Make the Thrust Reverser Unserviceable for
Maintenance
78-36-00-010-040 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Doors
78-36-00-410-040 Closing of the Thrust Reverser Doors
77-21-10-991-900 Fig. 601
R 77-21-10-991-901 Fig. 602
R 77-21-10-991-902 Fig. 603

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 77-21-10-941-055

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 602
May 01/04
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

Subtask 77-21-10-010-055

B. Get Access

(1) Open the fan cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-040):


FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

(2) Put an access platform in position.

Subtask 77-21-10-040-078

C. Make the thrust reverser unserviceable (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-481-041).

Subtask 77-21-10-010-094

D. Get Access

(1) Open the thrust-reverser cowl doors (Ref. TASK 78-36-00-010-040):


FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 77-21-10-280-050

A. Inspection/Check of the T495 Thermocouple Wiring Harness


R (Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 77-21-10-991-900, 602/TASK 77-21-10-991-901, 603/TASK
77-21-10-991-902)

R (1) Electrical check of the two-probes L/H lower and upper thermocouple
R (2 probes) lead assemblies and R/H lower thermocouple (2 probes) lead
R assembly

CAUTION : REMOVE THE NEAREST CLAMPS WHICH ATTACH THE LEADS TO THE
_______
BRACKETS, BEFORE YOU DISCONNECT THE CONNECTORS.

NOTE : Make sure that the connectors are clean and clear of unwanted
____
materials.

(a) Do a resistance check as follows:

1
_ Cut and remove the lockwire.



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 603
May 01/04
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


R T495 Thermocouple Wiring Harness Electrical Diagram (PRE SB 72-0583)


Figure 601/TASK 77-21-10-991-900



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 604
May 01/04
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


R T495 Thermocouple Wiring Harness Electrical Diagram (POST SB 72-0583)


R Figure 602/TASK 77-21-10-991-901



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 605
May 01/04
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


R Inspection/Check of T495 Thermocouple Wiring Harness


R Figure 603/TASK 77-21-10-991-902



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 606
May 01/04
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

2
_ Disconnect the lower extension lead from the parallel junction
box of the R/H lower thermocouple lead assembly, then the
branches of the main junction box assembly from the parallel
boxes of the L/H upper and lower thermocouple lead assemblies.

R 3
_ Connect the LEAD,CHECK-EGT(T495) RH WIRING HARNESS
(856A3317P02) to the parallel junction box receptacle of the
thermocouple lead assembly that you have to check.

R 4
_ Connect the wires of LEAD,CHECK-EGT(T495) RH WIRING HARNESS
(856A3317P02) to the ohmmeter, accuracy 1%.

5
_ Measure and record the ohmic resistance value. Subtract the
R lead ohmic resistance value of the LEAD,CHECK-EGT(T495) RH
R WIRING HARNESS (856A3317P02) to find the ohmic resistance
value A of the thermocouple lead assembly.

R 6
_ Invert the wires of the LEAD,CHECK-EGT(T495) RH WIRING
R HARNESS. (856A3317P02). Measure and record the ohmic
resistance value. Subtract the lead ohmic resistance value of
the tool to find the ohmic resistance value B of the
thermocouple lead assembly.

PRE SB 72-0583

7
_ Add the ohmic resistance values A and B, and divide them by
two. The resultant value must be 0.59 ohm plus or minus 0.07
ohm.

POST SB 72-0583

8
_ Add the ohmic resistance values A and B, and divide them by
two. The resultant value must be 0.61 ohm plus or minus 0.12
ohm.

END SB 72-0583

(b) Do an insulation check as follows:

1
_ Strap the two wires of the adapter lead, and connect them to a
terminal of the megohmeter.

2
_ Connect the other terminal of the megohmeter to the casing.
The insulation resistance value must be greater than 10
Megohms



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 607
May 01/09
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

R 3
_ Disconnect the LEAD,CHECK-EGT(T495) RH WIRING HARNESS
(856A3317P02) from the thermocouple lead assembly.

4
_ Connect the lower extension lead on the parallel junction box
of the R/H lower thermocouple lead assembly, then the branches
of the main junction box assembly on the parallel boxes of L/H
upper and lower thermocouple lead assemblies.

5
_ TORQUE the connecting nut to between 168 and 186 lbf.in (1.89
and 2.10 m.daN) and safety with lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm)
dia. (Material No. CP8001) or lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia.
(Material No. CP8002).

(2) Electrical check of the R/H thermocouple (3 probes) lead assembly.

CAUTION : REMOVE THE NEAREST CLAMPS WHICH ATTACH THE LEADS TO THE
_______
BRACKETS, BEFORE YOU DISCONNECT THE CONNECTORS.

NOTE : Make sure that the connectors are clean and clear of unwanted
____
materials.

(a) Do a resistance check as follows:

1
_ Cut and remove the lockwire.

2
_ Disconnect the upper extension lead from the parallel junction
box of the R/H thermocouple lead assembly (upper right T495
sector).

R 3
_ Connect the wires of the LEAD,CHECK-EGT(T495) RH WIRING
R HARNESS (856A3317P02) to the ohmmeter, accuracy 1%

4
_ Measure and record the ohmic resistance value of the lead
(Resistance leads)

R 5
_ Connect the LEAD,CHECK-EGT(T495) RH WIRING HARNESS
(856A3317P02) to the parallel junction box resistance of the
thermocouple lead assembly.

R 6
_ Connect the wires of the LEAD,CHECK-EGT(T495) RH WIRING
R HARNESS (856A3317P02) to the ohmmeter, accuracy 1%.

7
_ Measure and record the ohmic resistance value. Subtract the
resistance leads value of the tool to find the ohmic
resistance value A of the thermocouple lead assembly.



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 608
May 01/09
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

R 8
_ Invert the wires of the LEAD,CHECK-EGT(T495) RH WIRING HARNESS
(856A3317P02). Measure and record the ohmic resistance value.
Subtract the resistance leads value of the tool to find the
ohmic resistance value B of the thermocouple lead assembly.

PRE SB 72-0583

9
_ Add the ohmic resistance values A and B, and divide them by
two. The resultant value must be 0.59 ohm plus or minus 0.07
ohm.

POST SB 72-0583

10
__ Add the ohmic resistance values A and B, and divide them by
two. The resultant value must be 0.64 ohm plus or minus 0.12
ohm.

END SB 72-0583

(b) Do an insulation check as follows:

1
_ Strap the two wires of the adapter lead, and connect them to a
terminal of the megohmeter.

2
_ Connect the other terminal of the megohmeter to the casing.
The insulation resistance must be greater than 10 Megohms.

R 3
_ Disconnect the LEAD,CHECK-EGT(T495) RH WIRING HARNESS
(856A3317P02) from the thermocouple lead assembly.

4
_ Connect the upper extension lead on the parallel junction box
of the R/H thermocouple lead assembly.

5
_ TORQUE the connecting nut to between 168 and 186 lbf.in (1.89
and 2.10 m.daN) and safety with lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm)
dia. (Material No. CP8001) or lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia.
(Material No. CP8002).

(3) Electrical check of the upper extension lead assembly.

CAUTION : REMOVE THE NEAREST CLAMPS WHICH ATTACH THE LEADS TO THE
_______
BRACKETS, BEFORE YOU DISCONNECT THE CONNECTORS.

NOTE : Make sure that the connectors are clean and clear of unwanted
____
materials.



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 609
May 01/09
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

(a) Do a resistance check as follows:

1
_ Cut and remove the lockwires.

2
_ Disconnect the upper extension lead from the parallel junction
box of the R/H thermocouple lead assembly (upper right T495
sector) and from the main junction box assembly receptable.

R 3
_ Connect one LEAD,CHECK-EGT(T495) LH WIRING HARNESS
(856A3318P02) to each upper extension lead connector.

R 4
_ Connect the wire of one LEAD,CHECK-EGT(T495) LH WIRING HARNESS
(856A3318P02) to an ohmmeter, and short the wires of the
second one.

5
_ Measure the ohmic resistance value. Subtract the two adapter
ohmic lead resistance values of the tool to find the ohmic
resistance value of the upper extension lead.

PRE SB 72-0583

6
_ The final resistance value must be 1.44 ohm plus or minus 0.23
ohm.

POST SB 72-0583

7
_ The final resistance value must be 1.38 ohm plus or minus 0.18
ohm.

END SB 72-0583

R 8
_ Disconnect the shorted LEAD,CHECK-EGT(T495) LH WIRING HARNESS
(856A3318P02).

(b) Do an insulation check as follows:

CAUTION : DISCONNECT THE SHORTED ADAPTER LEAD.


_______

1
_ Connect the megohmeter (50 Volts DC or 100 Volts DC) to the
R LEAD,CHECK-EGT(T495) LH WIRING HARNESS (856A3318P02) still
connected.

2
_ The insulation resistance value between the two conductors
must be greater than 10 Megohms.

3
_ The insulation resistance value between each conductor and the
connector casing must be greater than 10 Megohms.



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 610
May 01/09
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

R 4
_ Disconnect the LEAD,CHECK-EGT(T495) LH WIRING HARNESS
(856A3318P02) from the upper extension lead connector.

5
_ Connect the upper extension lead to the parallel junction box
of the R/H thermocouple lead assembly (upper right T495
sector) and to the main junction box assembly receptacle.

6
_ TORQUE the connecting nuts to between 168 and 186 lbf.in (1.89
and 2.10 m.daN) and safety with lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm)
dia. (Material No. CP8001) or lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia.
(Material No. CP8002).

(4) Electrical check of the lower extension lead assembly.

CAUTION : REMOVE THE NEAREST CLAMPS WHICH ATTACH THE LEADS TO THE
_______
BRACKETS, BEFORE YOU DISCONNECT THE CONNECTORS.

NOTE : Make sure that the connectors are clean and clear of unwanted
____
materials.

(a) Do a resistance check as follows:

1
_ Cut and remove the lockwires.

2
_ Disconnect the lower extension lead from the parallel junction
box of the R/H lower thermocouple lead assembly (lower right
T495 sector) and from the main junction box assembly
receptacle.

R 3
_ Connect one LEAD,CHECK-EGT(T495) LH WIRING HARNESS
(856A3318P02) to each lower extension lead connector.

R 4
_ Connect the wires of one LEAD,CHECK-EGT(T495) LH WIRING
R HARNESS (856A3318P02) to an ohmmeter, and short the wires of
the second one.

5
_ Measure the ohmic resistance value. Subtract the two ohmic
lead resistance values of the tool to find the ohmic
resistance value of the upper extension lead.

PRE SB 72-0583

6
_ The final resistance value must be 1.44 ohm plus or minus 0.23
ohm.

POST SB 72-0583



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 611
May 01/09
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

7
_ The final resistance value must be 1.60 ohm plus or minus 0.18
ohm.

END SB 72-0583

R 8
_ Disconnect the shorted LEAD,CHECK-EGT(T495) LH WIRING HARNESS
(856A3318P02).

(b) Do an insulation check as follows:

CAUTION : DISCONNECT THE SHORTED CHECK - LEAD FOR WIRING HARNESS


_______
EGT (856A3318P02).

R 1
_ Connect a megohmeter to the adapter lead, LEAD,CHECK-EGT(T495)
R LH WIRING HARNESS (856A3318P02), still connected.

2
_ The insulation resistance value between the two conductors
must be greater than 10 Megohms.

3
_ The insulation resistance value between each conductor and the
connector casing must be greater than 10 Megohms.

R 4
_ Disconnect the LEAD,CHECK-EGT(T495) LH WIRING HARNESS
(856A3318P02) from the lower extension lead connector.

5
_ Connect the lower extension lead to the parallel junction box
of the R/H lower thermocouple lead assembly (lower right T495
sector) and to the main junction box assembly receptacle.

6
_ TORQUE the connecting nuts to between 168 and 186 lbf.in (1.89
and 2.10 m.daN) and safety with lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm)
dia. (Material No. CP8001) or lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia.
(Material No. CP8002).

(5) Electrical checks of the main junction box assembly.

CAUTION : REMOVE THE NEAREST CLAMPS WHICH ATTACH THE LEADS TO THE
_______
BRACKETS, BEFORE YOU DISCONNECT THE CONNECTORS.

NOTE : Make sure that the connectors are clean and clear of unwanted
____
materials.

(a) Do a resistance check of the leads.

1
_ Cut and remove the lockwires.



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 612
May 01/09
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

2
_ Disconnect the CJ13 harness, the upper and the lower extension
leads from the main junction box receptacles.

3
_ Cut and remove the lockwire.

4
_ Disconnect the branches connector of main junction box
assembly from the parallel junction box receptacles of L/H
upper and lower thermocouple leads assemblies.

R 5
_ Connect the LEAD,CHECK-EGT(T495) LH WIRING HARNESS
(856A3318P02) to one of the two branches connectors.

R 6
_ Short the wires of LEAD,CHECK-EGT(T495) LH WIRING HARNESS
(856A3318P02).

7
_ Connect the connector with test lead (MIL-C 5015-10SL3S
connector with test lead) to the CJ13 interface harness
receptacle.

8
_ Connect the wires of the connector with test lead (MIL-C
5015-10SL3S) to the ohmmeter, accuracy 1%.

9
_ Measure the ohmic resistance value.

10
__ Subtract the ohmic resistance values of the connector with
R test lead (MIL-C 5015-10SL3S) and of the LEAD,CHECK-EGT(T495)
R LH WIRING HARNESS (856A3318P02) from the value given in
paragraph above.

R PRE SB 72-0583

11
__ The final resistance value must be 1.44 ohm plus or minus 0.22
ohm.

R POST SB 72-0583

12
__ The final resistance value must be 2.43 ohm plus or minus 0.23
ohm.

END SB 72-0583

R 13
__ Disconnect the LEAD,CHECK-EGT(T495) LH WIRING HARNESS
(856A3318P02), shorted from the branch connector, and connect
it to the other branch connector of the main junction box
assembly.

14
__ Repeat the same electrical check.



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 613
May 01/09
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

R 15
__ Disconnect the LEAD,CHECK-EGT(T495) LH WIRING HARNESS
(856A3318P02) from the branch connector.

(b) Do a resistance check of the wires inside the main junction box
assembly as follows:

R 1
_ Connect the LEAD,CHECK-EGT(T495) RH WIRING HARNESS
(856A3317P02) to the main junction box receptacle which
receives the lower extension lead connector.

R 2
_ Short the wires of the LEAD,CHECK-EGT(T495) RH WIRING HARNESS
(856A3318P02).

3
_ Measure the ohmic resistance value on the ohmmeter, accurary
1% still connected to the connector with test lead (MIL-C
5015-10SL3S).

4
_ Subtract the ohmic resistance values of the connector with
R test lead (MIL-C 5015-10SL3S) and of the LEAD,CHECK-EGT(T495)
R LH WIRING HARNESS (856A3318P02) from the value given in
paragraph above.

PRE SB 72-0583

5
_ The final resistance value must be 0.17 ohm plus or minor 0.06
ohm.

POST SB 72-0583

6
_ The final resistance value must be 0.843 ohm plus or minus
0.14 ohm.

END SB 72-0583

R 7
_ Disconnect the shorted LEAD,CHECK-EGT(T495) RH WIRING HARNESS
(856A3317P02), from the main junction box receptacle and
connect it to the main junction box receptacle which receives
the upper extension lead connector.

8
_ Measure the ohmic resistance value on the ohmmeter, accurary
1%, still connected to the connector with test lead (MIL-C
5015-10SL3S).

9
_ Subtract the ohmic resistance values of the connector with
R test lead (MIL-C 5015-10SL3S) and of the LEAD,CHECK-EGT(T495)
R LH WIRING HARNESS (856A3318P02) from the value given in
paragraph above.



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 614
May 01/09
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

PRE SB 72-0583

10
__ The final resistance value must be 0.17 ohm plus or minus 0.06
ohm.

POST SB 72-0583

11
__ The final resistance value must be 0.07 ohm plus or minus 0.05
ohm.

END SB 72-0583

R 12
__ Disconnect the LEAD,CHECK-EGT(T495) RH WIRING HARNESS
(856A3317P02).

(c) Do an insulation resistance check as follows:

1
_ Connect a megohmeter to the connector with test lead (MIL-C
5015-10SL3S).

2
_ The insulation resistance between the two conductors connected
to pins A and B of the CJ13 harness interface receptacle must
be greater than 10 Megohms.

3
_ The insulation resistance between each conductor and connector
casing or receptacle casing must be greater than 10 Megohms.

4
_ Disconnect the connector with lead (MIL-C 5015-10SL3S) from
the main junction box assembly receptacle.

5
_ Connect the CJ13 harness to the main junction box assembly
receptable.

6
_ TORQUE the CJ13 harness to between 135 and 180 lbf.in (1.52
and 2.03 m.daN) and safety with lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm)
dia. (Material No. CP8001) or lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia.
(Material No. CP8002).

7
_ Connect the upper and the lower extension leads connectors to
the main junction box assembly receptacles.

8
_ Connect the branches connector of the main junction box
assembly to the parallel junction box receptacles of L/H upper
and lower thermocouple leads assemblies.

9
_ TORQUE the 4 connecting nuts to between 168 and 186 lbf.in
(1.89 and 2.10 m.daN) and safety with lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8
mm) dia. (Material No. CP8001) or lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm)
dia. (Material No. CP8002).



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 615
May 01/09
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


INTENTIONALLY BLANK


R



 77-21-10

Page 616
May 01/09
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 77-21-10-410-060

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the thrust reverser doors (Ref. TASK 78-36-00-410-040):


FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

Subtask 77-21-10-440-064

B. Make the thrust reverser serviceable (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-081-041).

Subtask 77-21-10-410-080

C. Close Access

(1) Close the fan cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-040):


FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).



EFF :

ALL  77-21-10

Page 617
May 01/04
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

T5 SENSOR - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
________________________________

TASK 77-22-10-000-001

Removal of the T5 Sensor

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking cap


No specific warning notice

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-010-040 Opening of the Fan Cowl Doors


78-30-00-481-041 Make the Thrust Reverser Unserviceable for
Maintenance
78-36-00-010-040 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Doors
77-22-10-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 77-22-10-941-050

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.



EFF :

ALL  77-22-10

Page 401
Feb 01/96
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 77-22-10-010-050

B. Open the fan cowl doors: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-040)


FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR.

Subtask 77-22-10-040-050

C. Make the thrust reverser unserviceable (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-481-041).

Subtask 77-22-10-010-052

D. Open the thrust reverser cowl doors: (Ref. TASK 78-36-00-010-040)


FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 77-22-10-991-001)

Subtask 77-22-10-020-050

A. Removal of the T5 sensor:

(1) Removal of the T5 Sensor (30).

(a) Cut and remove the lockwire from the coupling nut of the CJ13
wiring harness connector (at the 3:30 oclock position
approximately ). Loosen the coupling nut and disconnect the CJ13
harness connector from the connector of T5 sensor (30).

(b) Remove the 2 nuts (160), washers (150) and bolts (180). This
releases the bracket (130) and T5 sensor (30) connector assembly
from the engine bracket (170), at flange R.



EFF :

ALL  77-22-10

Page 402
Feb 01/96
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

(c) Remove the nuts (20) and bolts (10) which attach the T5 sensor
(30) to its turbine frame boss.

(d) Remove the nut (60), the bolt (40) and the clamp (50) which
attach the lead of T5 sensor (30) to the bracket (70) at flange
T.

(e) Remove the nut (80), the bolt (100) and the clamp (90) which
attach the lead of T5 sensor (30) to the bracket (90) at flange
S.

(f) Carefully remove the T5 sensor assembly (30) from the engine.

(g) Put a blanking cap on the CJ13 wiring harness connector.

(2) Disassemble the bracket (130) from the T5 sensor connector as


follows:

(a) Cut and remove the lockwire which safeties the 4 screws (180).

(b) Remove the 4 screws (180) and the 2 half-plates (140) which
attach the T5 sensor connector to the bracket (130). Remove the
bracket (130). Keep the removed parts.

(c) Put a blanking cap on the connector of the removed T5 sensor


assembly (30).



EFF :

ALL  77-22-10

Page 403
Feb 01/96
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


T5 Sensor
Figure 401/TASK 77-22-10-991-001- 13 (SHEET 1)



EFF :

ALL  77-22-10

Page 404
Feb 01/96
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


T5 Sensor
Figure 401/TASK 77-22-10-991-001- 23 (SHEET 2)



EFF :

ALL  77-22-10

Page 405
Feb 01/96
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


T5 Sensor
Figure 401/TASK 77-22-10-991-001- 33 (SHEET 3)



EFF :

ALL  77-22-10

Page 406
Feb 01/96
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

TASK 77-22-10-400-001

Installation of the T5 Sensor

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice


R No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 50.00 lbf.in
R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 30.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. CP2101 USA MIL-T-5544


graphite grease (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. CP8004 *
lockwire 0.6 mm (0.0236 in.) dia (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. CP8005 *
lockwire 0.6 mm (0.0236 in.) dia (Ref. 70-30-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
71-13-00-010-040 Opening of the Fan Cowl Doors
71-13-00-410-040 Closing of the Fan Cowl Doors
73-29-00-710-040 Operational Test of the FADEC on the Ground (with
Engine non Motoring)
78-30-00-081-041 Make the Thrust Reverser Serviceable after
Maintenance



EFF :

ALL  77-22-10

Page 407
May 01/10
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

78-30-00-481-041 Make the Thrust Reverser Unserviceable for


Maintenance
78-36-00-010-040 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Doors
78-36-00-410-040 Closing of the Thrust Reverser Doors
77-22-10-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 77-22-10-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU, make sure that a
warning notice is in position to tell persons not to start the
engine.

(2) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the ON legend
of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2) pushbutton switch is off. Make sure
that a warning notice is in position to tell persons not to energize
the FADEC 1(2).

Subtask 77-22-10-010-053

B. Get Access

(1) Make sure that the fan cowl doors are open: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-
040)

(a) FOR 1000EM1


437AL, 438AR

(b) FOR 1000EM2


447AL, 448AR



EFF :

ALL  77-22-10

Page 408
May 01/10
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

(2) Make sure that the thrust reverser doors are open: (Ref. TASK 78-36-
00-010-040)
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

Subtask 77-22-10-040-051

C. Make the thrust reverser unserviceable (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-481-041).

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 77-22-10-991-001)

Subtask 77-22-10-420-050

A. Installation of the T5 Sensor:

CAUTION : THE DESIGN OF T5 SENSOR ASSEMBLY IS SUCH THAT IT CAN BE EASILY


_______
DAMAGED IF YOU HANDLE IT WITHOUT PRECAUTION. DO NOT USE FORCE
AND PREVENT CONDITIONS WHICH PUT IT UNDER STRAINS AND STRESSES.

(1) Assemble the bracket (130) to the T5 sensor (30) connector as


follows:

(a) Clean the component interface and/or the adjacent area.

(b) Do an inspection of the component interface and/or the adjacent


area.

(c) Remove the blanking cap from the T5 sensor (30) connector.

(d) Apply a thin layer of graphite grease (Material No. CP2101) to


the threads of the 4 screws (120).

(e) Engage the T5 sensor connector through bracket (130). Attach the
bracket to the connector with screws (120) and half-plates (140).

(f) TORQUE the screws (120) to between 9.5 and 10.5 lbf.in (0.10 and
0.11 m.daN). Safety the screws in pairs with a lockwire 0.6 mm
(0.0236 in.) dia (Material No. CP8004) or lockwire 0.6 mm (0.0236
in.) dia (Material No. CP8005).



EFF :

ALL  77-22-10

Page 409
Feb 01/96
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

(2) Installation of the T5 Sensor Assembly

(a) Lubricate the threads of bolts (10) with graphite grease


(Material No. CP2101)

(b) Engage the T5 sensor probe (30) in the recess of turbine frame
boss. Install the bolts (10) and nuts (20). Tighten the nuts by
hand.

(c) Lubricate the threads of the bolts (40, 100) with graphite grease
(Material No. CP2101).

(d) Attach the T5 sensor (30) to the bracket (70) at flange T with
the clamp (50), the bolt (40) and the nut (60). Tighten the nut
by hand.

(e) Attach the T5 sensor (30) to the bracket (110) at flange S with
the clamp (90), the bolt (100) and the nut (80). Tighten the nut
by hand.

(f) Lubricate the threads of bolts (180) with graphite grease


(Material No. CP2101)

(g) Attach the bracket (130) and the T5 sensor (30) assembly to the
bracket (170), at flange R, with the bolts (180) and the nuts
(160). Tighten the nuts by hand.

(h) Make sure the T5 sensor rigid lead is installed stress-free on


the engine and, from rear to front:
- TORQUE nuts (20) to between 95 and 110 lbf.in (1.07 and 1.24
m.daN)
- TORQUE nuts (60, 80) to between 50 and 55 lbf.in (0.56 and 0.62
m.daN)
- TORQUE nuts (160) to between 95 and 110 lbf.in (1.07 and 1.24
m.daN).

(i) Connect the CJ13 harness connector to the T5 sensor connector.

(j) TORQUE the coupling nut of CJ13 harness connector to between 135
and 180 lbf.in (1.52 and 2.03 m.daN). Safety the coupling nut
with lockwire 0.6 mm (0.0236 in.) dia (Material No. CP8004) or
lockwire 0.6 mm (0.0236 in.) dia (Material No. CP8005).

Subtask 77-22-10-861-050

B. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits. (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).



EFF :

ALL  77-22-10

Page 410
Feb 01/96
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

Subtask 77-22-10-410-051

C. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the thrust reverser cowl doors: (Ref. TASK 78-36-00-410-040)
FOR 1000EM1
451AL, 452AR
FOR 1000EM2
461AL, 462AR

Subtask 77-22-10-440-050

D. Make the thrust reverser serviceable (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-081-041)

Subtask 77-22-10-942-050

E. Remove the warning notice(s).


R

Subtask 77-22-10-710-050

F. Do an operational Test of the FADEC on the ground (with Engine non


Motoring) (Ref. TASK 73-29-00-710-040).
R

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 77-22-10-862-050

A. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-


002).

Subtask 77-22-10-410-050

B. Close the fan cowl doors: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-040)


FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR



EFF :

ALL  77-22-10

Page 411
May 01/07
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

T5 SENSOR - INSPECTION/CHECK
____________________________

TASK 77-22-10-210-001

Visual Inspection of the T5 Sensor

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific bristle brush


No specific warning notice
No specific access platform 1 m (3 ft. 3 in.)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. CP1039 *


acetone (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. CP1041 *
isopropyl alcohol (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. CP2010 *
white spirit (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. CP2559 *
ardrox 552 (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. CP2560 *
turco ind 79 (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. CP2566 *
mag-chem teksol (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. CP2584 *
degreasol 99 R (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. CP2656 *
mag-chem skysol (Ref. 70-30-00)



EFF :

ALL  77-22-10

Page 601
Nov 01/07
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-010-040 Opening of the Fan Cowl Doors


71-13-00-410-040 Closing of the Fan Cowl Doors
77-22-10-000-001 Removal of the T5 Sensor
77-22-10-400-001 Installation of the T5 Sensor
78-30-00-081-041 Make the Thrust Reverser Serviceable after
Maintenance
78-30-00-481-041 Make the Thrust Reverser Unserviceable for
Maintenance
78-36-00-010-040 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Doors
R 78-36-00-410-040 Closing of the Thrust Reverser Doors
77-22-10-991-003 Fig. 601

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 77-22-10-941-051

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).



EFF :

ALL  77-22-10

Page 602
Nov 01/07
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

Subtask 77-22-10-010-058

B. Get Access

(1) Open the fan cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-040):


FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

(2) Put the access platform in position.

Subtask 77-22-10-040-054

C. Make the thrust reverser unserviceable (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-481-041).

Subtask 77-22-10-010-051

D. Open the right thrust-reverser cowl door (Ref. TASK 78-36-00-010-040):


FOR 1000EM1
452AR
FOR 1000EM2
462AR

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 77-22-10-991-003)

Subtask 77-22-10-210-050

A. Visual Inspection of the T5 Temperature Sensor

(1) Remove the T5 sensor (Ref. TASK 77-22-10-000-001).

(2) Inspect the T5 sensor as follows:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INSPECT/CHECK MAXIMUM REMARKS
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. All areas for:

A. Cracks Not serviceable Replace T5 sensor.

B. Scratches on the 0.01 in. (0.25 mm) max Replace T5 sensor.


tube depth



EFF :

ALL  77-22-10

Page 603
May 01/05
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


T5 Sensor
Figure 601/TASK 77-22-10-991-003



EFF :

ALL  77-22-10

Page 604
Feb 01/96
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INSPECT/CHECK MAXIMUM REMARKS
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C. Distortion Not serviceable Replace T5 sensor.

2. The electrical
connector for:

A. Threads for damage 30 percent damage in one Chase threads if in limits


lead-in thread or 20 or replace T5 sensor.
percent damage on
several threads

Pins for bend, Must engage freely in Straighten bent pins.


seizure, breakage related female contacts Replace T5 sensor if pins
are broken, eroded or
seized.

B. Connector well for None permitted Clean with bristle brush


R dirt and isopropyl alcohol
R (Material No. CP1041) or
acetone (Material No.
CP1039) or ardrox 552
(Material No. CP2559) or
turco ind 79 (Material No.
CP2560) or mag-chem teksol
(Material No. CP2566) or
degreasol 99 R (Material
No. CP2584) or mag-chem
skysol (Material No.
CP2656) or white spirit
(Material No. CP2010).

(3) Install the T5 sensor (Ref. TASK 77-22-10-400-001).



EFF :

ALL  77-22-10

Page 605
Nov 01/06
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 77-22-10-410-056

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

R (2) Close the right thrust reverser doors (Ref. TASK 78-36-00-410-040):
FOR 1000EM1
452AR
FOR 1000EM2
462AR

Subtask 77-22-10-440-052

B. Make the thrust reverser serviceable (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-081-041).

Subtask 77-22-10-410-052

C. Close Access

(1) Close the fan cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-040):


FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).



EFF :

ALL  77-22-10

Page 606
Nov 01/07
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

T3 THERMOCOUPLE - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________

TASK 77-23-10-000-001

Removal of the Compressor Discharge Temperature (T3) Sensor

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps


No specific soft-jawed pliers
No specific warning notice
No specific access platform 1 m (3 ft. 3 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-010-040 Opening of the Fan Cowl Doors


78-30-00-481-041 Make the Thrust Reverser Unserviceable for
Maintenance
78-36-00-010-040 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Doors
77-23-10-991-001 Fig. 401
R 77-23-10-991-002 Fig. 402

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 77-23-10-941-050

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.



EFF :

ALL  77-23-10

Page 401
May 01/00
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 77-23-10-010-050

B. Get Access

(1) Open the fan cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-040):


FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

(2) Put the access platform in position.

Subtask 77-23-10-040-052

C. Make the thrust reverser unserviceable (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-481-041).

Subtask 77-23-10-010-054

D. Open the left thrust reverser cowl door (Ref. TASK 78-36-00-010-040):
FOR 1000EM1
451AL
FOR 1000EM2
461AL

4. Procedure
_________

R (Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 77-23-10-991-001, 402/TASK 77-23-10-991-002)

Subtask 77-23-10-020-050

A. Removal of the Compressor Discharge Temperature (T3) Sensor

CAUTION : DO NOT BEND THE CONDUIT THAT CONNECTS THE THERMOCOUPLE PROBE
_______
AND THE ELECTRICAL CABLE CONNECTOR UNIT. YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE
TO THE LEAD INSIDE THE CONDUIT.



EFF :

ALL  77-23-10

Page 402
May 01/00
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


R T3 Temperature Sensor - PRE SB 77-016


Figure 401/TASK 77-23-10-991-001



EFF :

ALL  77-23-10

Page 403
May 01/03
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


R T3 Temperature Sensor - POST SB 77-016


Figure 402/TASK 77-23-10-991-002



EFF :

ALL  77-23-10

Page 404
May 01/03
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

(1) Disconnect the 2 electrical cable connectors (30), and (40). Use
soft-jawed pliers if necessary.

(2) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.

(3) Cut and remove the lockwire from the 4 bolts (80) that attach the
thermocouple unit to the combustion case. Remove the 4 bolts (80).

PRE SB 77-016

(4) Remove the bolt (50), nut (70), and washer (60) from the mid-conduit
bracket.

END of PRE SB 77-016

POST SB 77-016

(5) Remove the bolt (50), and nut (70) from the mid-conduit bracket.

END of SB 77-016

(6) Remove the bolts (20) and nuts (10) that attach the electrical cable
connector unit to the forward bracket.

(7) Remove the sensor from the combustion case. Discard the metal O-ring
gasket (90) between the thermocouple probe and combustion case.



EFF :

ALL  77-23-10

Page 405
Nov 01/09
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

TASK 77-23-10-400-001

Installation of the Compressor Discharge Temperature (T3) Sensor

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific soft-jawed pliers


No specific warning notice
No specific access platform 1 m (3 ft. 3 in.)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 30.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. CP2101 *


graphite grease (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. CP8001 *
lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. CP8002 *
lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia (Ref. 70-30-00)

C. Expendable Parts

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
FIG.ITEM |DESIGNATION |IPC-CSN
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 90 metal O-ring gasket 77-23-10 01 -040


90 metal O-ring gasket 77-23-10 01 -070
R 90 metal O-ring gasket 77-23-10 01A-040



EFF :

ALL  77-23-10

Page 406
May 01/10
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

D. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-010-040 Opening of the Fan Cowl Doors


71-13-00-410-040 Closing of the Fan Cowl Doors
73-29-00-710-040 Operational Test of the FADEC on the Ground (with
Engine non Motoring)
78-30-00-081-041 Make the Thrust Reverser Serviceable after
Maintenance
78-30-00-481-041 Make the Thrust Reverser Unserviceable for
Maintenance
78-36-00-010-040 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Doors
78-36-00-410-040 Closing of the Thrust Reverser Doors
77-23-10-991-001 Fig. 401
77-23-10-991-002 Fig. 402

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 77-23-10-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU, make sure that a
warning notice is in position to tell persons not to start the
engine.

(2) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the ON legend
of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2) pushbutton switch is off. Make sure
that a warning notice is in position to tell persons not to energize
the FADEC 1(2).

(3) Make sure that the access platform is in position.

Subtask 77-23-10-010-055

B. Get Access

(1) Make sure that the fan cowl doors are open (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-
040):

(a) FOR 1000EM1


437AL, 438AR



EFF :

ALL  77-23-10

Page 407
May 01/10
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

(b) FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

(2) Make sure that the left thrust reverser cowl door is open (Ref. TASK
78-36-00-010-040):

(a) FOR 1000EM1


451AL

(b) FOR 1000EM2


461AL

Subtask 77-23-10-040-053

C. Make sure that the thrust reverser is unserviceable (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-
481-041).

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 77-23-10-991-001, 402/TASK 77-23-10-991-002)

Subtask 77-23-10-420-050

A. Installation of the Compressor Discharge Temperature (T3) Sensor

CAUTION : DO NOT BEND THE CONDUIT THAT CONNECTS THE THERMOCOUPLE PROBE
_______
AND THE ELECTRICAL CABLE CONNECTOR UNIT. YOU CAN CAUSE DAMAGE
TO THE LEAD INSIDE THE CONDUIT.

R (1) Install a new metal O-ring gasket (90) or metal O-ring gasket (90)
over the combustion case thermocouple probe port.

(2) Install the thermocouple into the combustion case port and put the
electrical cable connector unit in position.

(3) Lubricate the thermocouple probe bolts (80) with graphite grease
(Material No. CP2101).

PRE SB 77-016

(4) Install the four bolts (80) in the thermocouple probe flange. TORQUE
the bolts (80) to between 55 and 70 lbf.in (0.62 and 0.79 m.daN).
Wirelock the bolts (80) with lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia
(Material No. CP8001) or lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia (Material
No. CP8002).



EFF :

ALL  77-23-10

Page 408
May 01/10
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

(5) Lubricate the electrical cable connector unit bolts (20) with
graphite grease (Material No. CP2101).

(6) Attach the electrical cable connector unit to the attachment bracket
with bolts (20) and nuts (10). TORQUE the nuts (10) to between 55 and
70 lbf.in (0.62 and 0.79 m.daN).

(7) Lubricate the mid-conduit bracket bolt (50) with graphite grease
(Material No. CP2101).

(8) Install the bolt (50), washer (60), and nut (70) at the mid-conduit
bracket. TORQUE the nut (70) to between 55 and 70 lbf.in (0.62 and
0.79 m.daN).

END of PRE SB 77-016

POST SB 77-016

(9) Install the four bolts (80) in the thermocouple probe flange. Do not
TORQUE the bolts (80) at this time.

(10) Lubricate the electrical cable connector unit bolts (20) with
graphite grease (Material No. CP2101).

(11) Attach the electrical cable connector unit to the attachment bracket
with bolts (20) and nuts (10). Do not TORQUE the bolts (20) at this
time.

(12) Lubricate the loop clamp bolt (50) with graphite grease (Material No.
CP2101).

(13) Install the bolt (50), and nut (70) at the loop clamp (55). Do not
TORQUE the nut (70) at this time.

(14) TORQUE the four bolts (80) in the thermocouple probe flange to
between 55 and 70 lbf.in (0.62 and 0.79 m.daN). Wirelock the bolts
(80) with lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia (Material No. CP8001) or
lockwire 0.032 in. (0.8 mm) dia (Material No. CP8002).

(15) TORQUE the nuts (10) in the electrical cable connector unit to
between 55 and 70 lbf.in (0.62 and 0.79 m.daN).

(16) TORQUE the nut (70) at the loop clamp (55) to between 55 and 70
lbf.in (0.62 and 0.79 m.daN).

END of SB 77-016



EFF :

ALL  77-23-10

Page 409
May 01/10
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

R (17) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connector(s).

(18) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.

(19) Connect the 2 electrical cable connectors (30) and (40). Tighten the
connectors by hand. If necessary, use soft-jawed pliers to fully seat
the connectors.

Subtask 77-23-10-410-051

B. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the left thrust reverser door (Ref. TASK 78-36-00-410-040):

(a) FOR 1000EM1


451AL

(b) FOR 1000EM2


461AL

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).

Subtask 77-23-10-440-051

C. Make the thrust reverser serviceable (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-081-041).

Subtask 77-23-10-710-050

D. Do a FADEC ground test (with engine non motoring) (Ref. TASK 73-29-00-
710-040).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 77-23-10-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Close the fan cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-040):

(a) FOR 1000EM1


437AL, 438AR



EFF :

ALL  77-23-10

Page 410
May 01/10
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

(b) FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

(2) Remove the access platform(s).



EFF :

ALL  77-23-10

Page 411
May 01/10
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

ANALYZERS - DESCRIPTION AND OPERATION
_____________________________________

1. General
_______

R **ON A/C 007-009, 011-099,

The engine vibration measurement channel comprises:


- two transducers (piezo-electric accelerometers)
- an Engine Vibration Monitoring Unit
- two vibration indications N1 and N2.
They appear on the lower display unit of the ECAM, on the engine and cruise
page.
The engine vibration system provides the following functions:
- vibration indication due to rotor unbalance via N1 and N2 slaved tracking
filters
- excess vibration (above advisory levels)
- fan balancing (phase and displacement)
- shaft speed (N1 and N2)
- storage of balancing data
- initial values acquisition on request
- BITE and MCDU communication
- accelerometer selection
- frequency analysis when the printer is available (option).

R **ON A/C 010-010, 101-199,

The engine vibration measurement channel comprises:


- two transducers (piezo-electric accelerometers)
- an Engine Vibration Monitoring Unit
- two vibration indications N1 and N2.
They appear on the lower display unit of the ECAM, on the engine and cruise
page.
The engine vibration system provides the following functions:
- vibration indication due to rotor unbalance via N1 and N2 slaved tracking
filters
- excess vibration (above advisory levels)
- fan balancing (phase and displacement)
- shaft speed (N1 and N2)
- storage of balancing data
- BITE and MCDU communication
- accelerometer selection
- frequency analysis when the printer is available (option).



EFF :

ALL  77-30-00

Page 1
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

R **ON A/C ALL

2. _______________________
Engine Vibration Sensor

A. No. 1 Bearing Vibration Sensor

(1) General
The No. 1 bearing vibration sensor permanently monitors the
vibrations from No. 1 bearing. It also senses vibrations from LPT and
HPT shafts. It is also used for trim balance operations.

(2) Description
(Ref. Fig. 001)
The accelometer part of the vibration sensor is located at the 9:00
oclock position on No. 1 and No. 2 bearing support (near No. 1
bearing).
The sensor cable is routed through the fan frame. It comes out at the
3:00 oclock position on fan frame mid-box structure aft face. The
No.1 bearing vibration sensor consists of the following items:

(a) A housing including:


- a 100 pc/g sensing element (accelerometer)
- a bracket with 2 holes ensuring housing attachment to the
engine with 2 bolts.

(b) A semi-rigid cable including:


- 2 conductors inserted in an inner sheath and an outer sheath
- 2 metal tubes providing for cable rigidity
- a metal plate for cable attachment to the forward flange of fan
frame mid-box structure
- 5 shock absorbers to guide and dampen the cable in a tube
through fan frame
- a 3-pin connector with a nut at one end. The nut ensures
connector attachment to the fan frame aft face. The connector
body has 2 flats which ensure its positioning with a lockplate
secured by 2 bolts
- 4 clamps for attachment of the tube to fan frame.

(3) Operation
The sensor is of the piezo-electric type. It includes a stack of
piezo-electric discs placed between a mass and a base. When the
accelerometer is subjected to a vibration, the mass exerts a variable
force on the discs: this generates a potential difference directly
proportional to the acceleration in a certain frequency range.



EFF :

ALL  77-30-00

Page 2
Feb 01/98
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


No. 1 Bearing Vibration Sensor and Cable Assembly


Figure 001



EFF :

ALL  77-30-00

Page 3
Feb 01/98
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

This potential difference delivers a signals. The analysis of the
signal enables identification of the vibration characteristics of the
monitored part.

B. Turbine Rear Frame Vibration Sensor


(Ref. Fig. 002, 003, 004)

(1) General
The Turbine-Rear-Frame (TRF) vibration sensor is used in conjunction
with the No. 1 bearing vibration sensor to monitor and, if necessary,
reduce the engine vibration level using the trim balance procedure.
The vibration signal is used by the Engine Vibration Monitoring-Unit
(EVMU).

(2) Description
The TRF vibration sensor is installed at 12 oclock (ALF) on the
front flange of the turbine rear frame.
It consists of a hermetically sealed housing that encloses the
sensing element. A flange with two holes is used to attach the
housing to the engine. One electrical connector at the end of a
semi-rigid cable provides the interface with an aircraft harness.
The accelerometer sensitivity is 50 pc/g.

(3) Operation
The sensor is of the piezo-electric type.
A piezo-electric material generates electrical charges when it is
submitted to a mechanical stress.
An inert mass is attached to a piece of piezo-electric material. When
the assembly is submitted to vibrations, the inertia of the mass
generates mechanical stresses in the piezo-electric material. It is
therefore possible to collect an electrical signal the frequency and
intensity of which are representative of the vibration level to be
measured.

3. _______________________________________
Engine Vibration Monitoring Unit (EVMU)

A. General
The Engine Vibration Monitoring-Unit (EVMU) is located in the avionics
compartment shelf 86VU.
(Ref. Fig. 005)
The EVMU receives analog signals from:
- the 4 engine accelerometers (2 per engine)
- and the N1 and N2 speed sensors of each engine.
It also receives digital input from CFDS through ARINC 429 data bus.
The EVMU sends signals through the digital ARINC 429 data bus to:
- SDAC1 and 2 for cockpit indication
- the CFDIU



EFF :

ALL  77-30-00

Page 4
Feb 01/98
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


Turbine-Rear-Frame Vibration Sensor


Figure 002



EFF :

ALL  77-30-00

Page 5
Feb 01/98
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


Turbine-Rear-Frame Vibration Sensor


Figure 003



EFF :

ALL  77-30-00

Page 6
Feb 01/98
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


Turbine-Rear-Frame Vibration Sensor


Figure 004



EFF :

ALL  77-30-00

Page 7
Feb 01/98
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


Aft Avionics Compartment


Figure 005



EFF :

ALL  77-30-00

Page 8
Feb 01/96
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

- the DMU
- and the printer (if installed) for maintenance purposes.
(Ref. Fig. 006)

B. Description
The signal conditioner is composed of:
- 1 power supply module
- 2 channel modules
- 1 balancing module
- 1 data processing module
These modules are removable parts from the signal conditioner and are
repairable subassemblies.
(Ref. Fig. 007)

(1) Channel module


Each channel module processes the signals from the two engine
accelerometers and from the two speed signals N1 and N2: this enables
extraction from the overall vibration signal, of a component due to
rotor first order unbalance.
Only one accelerometer is used at any particular time. The second
accelerometer is selected manually via MCDU ACC. RECONFIGURATION MENU
or automatically at the next power up due to a failure of the N1
bearing accelerometer.
The N1 and N2 signals are used:
- to drive the tracking filters, and
- slave their center frequencies at the shaft rotational speed.
The accelerometer signals pass through these tracking filters which
extract the N1 and N2 related fundamental vibration. The acceleration
signal is then integrated in order to express the vibration in
velocity terms.

(2) Balancing module


The balancing module receives:
- the accelerometer signal
- the N1 signal including the 1/REV synchronisation pulse.
The balance module uses these information to compute the position and
the amplitude of the unbalanced signal.

(3) Data processing module


This module manages under program control, the whole signal
conditioner operation.
The data processing module:
- receives the necessary inputs from the CFDS
- provides outputs to the aircraft corresponding to the selected mode
(the outputs depend on the aircraft status).
Two modes are available:
- the normal mode



EFF :

ALL  77-30-00

Page 9
Feb 01/98
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


Electrical Diagram
Figure 006


R

EFF :

ALL  77-30-00

Page 10
Feb 01/98
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


EVMU Block Diagram


Figure 007



EFF :

ALL  77-30-00

Page 11/12
Feb 01/96
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

- the MENU mode, used on the ground for maintenance purposes (Ref.
paragraph Operation).

(4) Power supply module


The power supply module receives the 115VAC/400Hz power. It provides
the other modules with the necessary voltages.

C. Power Supply
The EVMU is supplied with 115V/400Hz by busbar 101XPA, through circuit
breaker 1EV.
(Ref. Fig. 006)
The maximum power consumption is less than 30VA.
The EVMU is not affected by power loss up to 5 ms. For power interrupt
time between 5 ms and 20 ms, the equipment does not supply any
inadvertent indication. It returns to normal operation 200 ms after power
return.

D. Operation.
The EVMU provides the following functions:

(1) Actual vibration level


The measurement of the actual vibration velocity corresponds to the
acceleration signals filtered with a narrow band filter slaved to
rotor speeds.
As normal vibration is depending on rotor speed, an absolute actual
level cannot give a correct vibration indication. Thus, for each
speed, the EVMU processes the actual value/maxi value ratio. This
ratio is multiplied by 10 and is available on the EVMU output for
display.
- N1 vibrations are measured as a displacement in mils (1/1000 of an
inch), while N2 vibrations are measured as a speed in ips (inch per
second). N1 phase angle is also measured in degrees for balancing
purposes.
- MAX N1 narrow band vib selection and normalization for display: the
R display between 0 and 10 units depicts a vibration between 0 and 10
R mils (linear).
(Ref. Fig. 008)
- MAX N2 narrow band vib selection and normalization for display. The
R display between 0 and 10 units depicts a vibration between 0 and 4
R ips (linear).
(Ref. Fig. 009)

(2) Measurement of the unbalance data


The EVMU measures the position and the amplitude of the rotor
unbalance of each engine. It provides these information to the output
bus when available.



EFF :

ALL  77-30-00

Page 13
May 01/07
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


R N1 Vibration Display
R Figure 008



EFF :

ALL  77-30-00

Page 14
Nov 01/01
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


R N2 Vibration Display
R Figure 009



EFF :

ALL  77-30-00

Page 15
Nov 01/01
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

(3) Computation of the advisory level
The advisory level is equal to the lower value of the two following
limits:
Limit 1 = Max value - X with
- Max value being the maximum vibration levels which can occur on the
engine. These values are depending on the rotor speeds
- X being the margin to the Max value. This margin is equal to 4U for
N1 and to 5.7U for N2
Limit 2 = A + K. Initial value with
- A = Minimum normal vibration value. This value is equal to 2U for
N1 and to 1.3U for N2
- K = scale factor = 1
- the initial value is defined in paragraph (4).
The advisory level is permanently compared with the actual level. If
the advisory level is reached, a digital information is sent to the
ECAM.

R **ON A/C 007-009, 011-099,

(4) Initial value storage


The initial value is the actual value when the engine is new or
rebalanced. At each engine serial number corresponds an initial
value.
The initial value is stored in the equipment:
- either automatically after request to the MCDU
- or point by point from the FCDU keyboard.
An initial value is defined every 5 percent of RPM:
- from 20 percent to 125 percent for N1 vibration
- from 50 percent to 125 percent for N2 vibration.
When stored, the initial values are taken into account for advisory
calculation (Limit 2).

**ON A/C ALL

(5) Frequency analysis


The EVMU can do a frequency analysis if requested from the MCDU on
the ground. The EVMU does the analysis at a selected N1 or N2 speed
and uses any valid accelerometer. The maximum frequency analysis is
500 Hz and the frequency increment between adjacent spectral lines is
4 Hz.

(6) Storage of unbalance data


If requested, the system can store the balancing data during the
cruise phase at five predetermined different engine speeds.



EFF :

ALL  77-30-00

Page 16
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

(7) BITE maintenance and fault information
The equipment contains a BITE to detect internal and external
failure.
Complete description of the BITE system is given in 31-30-00.
During the execution of the cyclic BITE sequence, the following parts
of the EVMU are checked:
- the non-volatile memory
- the timers
- the analog-to-digital converter
- the ARINC 429 transmitter and receivers
- the tacho generators.
During the power-up sequence of the BITE, the following parts of the
EVMU system are checked:
- N1 and N2 NB velocity
- unbalance data
- N1 and N2 tacho frequencies
- accelerometer signals.
Any detected failure is stored in the non-volatile memory with GMT,
date and other reference parameters.

E. Interfaces

(1) Inputs
The EVMU receives analog signals from:
- the 4 engine accelerometers (2 per engine)
- the N1 and N2 speed sensors from each engine.
All these signals are detailed in the dedicated sensor description.
The EVMU also receives digital signals from CFDS and printer through
an ARINC 429 data bus. These signals are detailed in the dedicated
interface description.

(2) Outputs
The EVMU transmits output signals through an ARINC 429 data bus.
The data transmitted on the single low speed line is in conformity
with ARINC 429.
The SDI definition is as follows:

------------------------------------------
| BITS | 10 9 |
|-------------------|--------------------|
| Engine 1 | 0 1 |
| Engine 2 | 1 0 |
------------------------------------------

The status matrix definition is as follows:



EFF :

ALL  77-30-00

Page 17
Nov 01/01
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

------------------------------------------
| BITS | 31 30 |
|-------------------|--------------------|
| Failure warning | 0 0 |
| Not computed data | 0 1 |
| Test | 1 0 |
| Normal operation | 1 1 |
------------------------------------------

The data transmitted on the ARINC 429 line is defined in the


following tables

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| PARAMETER | LABEL| UPDATE| BINARY| SIGNIFICANT| OPERATING| UNITS|
| | | TIME | RANGE | BITS | RANGE | |
| | | (ms) | | | MIN | MAX| |
|-----------------------|------|-------|-------|------------|-----|----|------|
| N1 vibration | 135 | 200 | 12.8 | 7 | 0 | 10| |
| N2 vibration | 136 | 200 | 12.8 | 7 | 0 | 10| |
| Unbalance phase | 226 | 200 | 512 | 9 |-180 |+179|Degree|
| Unbalance displacement| 227 | 200 | 25.6 | 8 | 0 | 25|mils |
| N1 speed | 346 | 200 | 256 | 14 | 15 | 120|% Rpm |
| N2 speed | 344 | 200 | 256 | 14 | 15 | 120|% Rpm |
| Discrete word | 035 | 200 | | | | | |
| Maintenance word (a) | 356 | 200(b)| | | | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EVMU ARINC Output Data Bus

(a) Label 356 is used for communication with the CFDS. Its definition
is complies with the CFDS communication schedule (Ref. 31-30-00).

(b) Label 356 is sent to the CFDS every 200 ms in normal mode, and
every 30 ms in menu mode.



EFF :

ALL  77-30-00

Page 18
Nov 01/01
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

R **ON A/C 007-009, 011-099,

-----------------------------------------------------------------
| | | BIT STATUS |
| BIT No. | FUNCTION |--------------- |
| | | 1 | 0 |
|-----------|----------------------------------|-------|--------|
| 1 | | | X |
| 2 | | | X |
| 3 | | | X |
| 4 | | X | |
| 5 | Label | X | |
| 6 | | X | |
| 7 | | | X |
| 8 | | X | |
| 9 | SDI | | |
| 10 | SDI | | |
| 11 | N1 vib above advisory | Yes | No |
| 12 | N2 vib above advisory | Yes | No |
| 13 | Accelerometer reconfiguration | Yes | No |
| 14 | Initial values not used | Yes | No |
| 15 | Frequency analysis done | Yes | No |
| 16 | N1 bearing accel channel Fault | Yes | No |
| 17 | Second accel channel Fault | Yes | No |
| 18 | N1 speed channel Fault | Yes | No |
| 19 | N2 speed channel Fault | Yes | No |
| 20 | Unbalance process Fault | Yes | No |
| 21 | Frequency analysis Fault | Yes | No |
| 22 | Initial levels unavailable | Yes | No |
| 23 | Spare | | |
| 24 | Spare | | |
| 25 | Spare | | |
| 26 | Spare | | |
| 27 | Spare | | |
| 28 | EVM system CAT II fault | | |
| 29 | EVMU CAT I fault | Yes | No |
| 30 | SSM | | |
| 31 | SSM | | |
| 32 | Parity | | |
-----------------------------------------------------------------

EVMU Status Word-Label 035


R

EFF :

007-009, 011-099,  77-30-00

Page 19
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

R **ON A/C 010-010, 101-199,

-----------------------------------------------------------------
| | | BIT STATUS |
| BIT No. | FUNCTION |--------------- |
| | | 1 | 0 |
|-----------|----------------------------------|-------|--------|
| 1 | | | X |
| 2 | | | X |
| 3 | | | X |
| 4 | | X | |
| 5 | Label | X | |
| 6 | | X | |
| 7 | | | X |
| 8 | | X | |
| 9 | SDI | | |
| 10 | SDI | | |
| 11 | N1 vib above advisory | Yes | No |
| 12 | N2 vib above advisory | Yes | No |
| 13 | Accelerometer reconfiguration | Yes | No |
| 14 | Spare always at 1 | | |
| 15 | Frequency analysis performed | Yes | No |
| 16 | N1 bearing accel channel Fault | Yes | No |
| 17 | TRF accel channel Fault | Yes | No |
| 18 | N1 speed channel Fault | Yes | No |
| 19 | N2 speed channel Fault | Yes | No |
| 20 | Unbalance Fault | Yes | No |
| 21 | Frequency Fault | Yes | No |
| 22 | NVM Fault | Yes | No |
| 23 | BB above threshold | Yes | No |
| 24 | Spare | | |
| 25 | Spare | | |
| 26 | Spare | | |
| 27 | Adv on sel. acc. in flight or | Yes | No |
| | other acc. in FP6 | | |
| 28 | EVM SYST CLASS II FAULT | Yes | No |
| 29 | EVMU CLASS I FAULT | Yes | No |
| 30 | SSM | | |
| 31 | SSM | | |
| 32 | Parity | | |
-----------------------------------------------------------------

EVMU Status Word-Label 035


R

EFF :

010-010, 101-199,  77-30-00

Page 20
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

**ON A/C ALL

(3) Indicating
(Ref. Fig. 010)
The engine vibration indications are displayed (in green) on the
lower display unit of the ECAM, in the engine and cruise pages. The
ECAM display unit receives the information through the ARINC 429 data
bus via the SDAC 1 and SDAC 2. If the advisory level is reached the
indication flashes (0.6 sec bright, 0.3 sec normal). If the
indication is not available the corresponding indication is replaced
by 2 amber crosses.

(4) CFDS interface

R **ON A/C 007-009, 011-099,

(Ref. Fig. 011)

R **ON A/C 010-010, 101-199,

(Ref. Fig. 011A)

**ON A/C ALL

The Centralized Fault Data System (CFDS) enables access to the


systems.
The CFDS gives, maintenance information and initiates tests through
the system BITE (Refer to 31-30-00).
When the maintenance personnel needs information on the condition of
the EVMU, the CFDS operates in menu mode. The first menu sent to the
MCDU is the main menu. The functions of the CFDS are detailed below:

(a) Last leg report


The EVMU sends the list of the LRUs which have been detected
faulty during the last leg. During the flight the following
faults can be detected:
- EVMU
- N1 SPEED SENSOR, L
- N1 SPEED SENSOR, R
- N2 SPEED SENSOR, L
- N2 SPEED SENSOR, R.



EFF :

ALL  77-30-00

Page 21
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


Lower Display Unit of the ECAM System - Vibration Indication


R Figure 010


R

EFF :

ALL  77-30-00

Page 22
Nov 01/01
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


EVMU Main Menu


Figure 011


R

EFF :

007-009, 011-099,  77-30-00

Page 23
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


EVMU Main Menu


Figure 011A


R

EFF :

010-010, 101-199,  77-30-00

Page 24
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

(b) Previous leg report
The EVMU sends the list of the LRUs which have been detected
faulty during the legs (maximum 62) previous to the last leg. The
faults detected are the same as for the last leg report.

(c) LRU identification


The EVMU sends its part number and manufacturer.

(d) Class 3 failures


The EVMU sends the list of the LRUs which have been detected
faulty during a ground test. Only the three last detected
failures are displayed. The following LRUs are tested:
- EVMU
- N1 BEAR VIB SENSOR, L
- N1 BEAR VIB SENSOR, R
- TRF VIB SENSOR, L
- TRF VIB SENSOR, R.

(e) Test
The test item allows initiation of a complete check of the EVM
system.
If no failure has been detected, the TEST OK message is
displayed.
If any failure has been detected the failed LRU is displayed.

R **ON A/C 007-009, 011-099,

(f) Initial values


(Ref. Fig. 012)
In that menu, ten sub-menus may be selected by the operator,
which allows:
- command of the initial values acquisition during the next
flight
- cancelling of the initial values acquisition demand
- reading of the initial values taken
- direct loading modification of the existing values.

**ON A/C ALL

(g) Accelerometer reconfiguration


This menu allows selection of the accelerometer (Fan No. 1
bearing or TRF) to be used for the next flights. The EVMU also
indicates which accelerometer is in operation.



EFF :

ALL  77-30-00

Page 25
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


EVMU - Initial Values MENU


Figure 012


R

EFF :

007-009, 011-099,  77-30-00

Page 26
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

R **ON A/C 007-009, 011-099,

(h) Engine unbalance


This menu allows selection, per engine, of five different engine
speeds, (from 50 percent to 100 percent N1 RPM) at which
unbalance data will be stored. It also permits reading of the
unbalance data which were acquired during the previous command
and to perform balancing for both engines with both
accelerometers.

R **ON A/C 010-010, 101-199,

(h) Engine unbalance


This menu allows selection, per engine, of five different engine
speeds, (from 50 percent to 100 percent N1 RPM) at which
unbalance data will be stored. It also permits reading of the
unbalance data which were acquired during the previous command
and to perform trim balancing (one shot or vectorial method) for
both engines with both accelerometers.

**ON A/C ALL

(i) Frequency analysis


This menu offers the possibility to request a frequency analysis
of the acceleration signal to be performed. Results of frequency
analysis is sent to the printer.

(j) Shop maintenance


This menu is operational only when the EVMU is in the shop for
maintenance. It allows trouble shooting of the LRU itself.



EFF :

ALL  77-30-00

Page 27
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

NO.1 BEARING VIBRATION SENSOR (4002EV) - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
________________________________________________________

TASK 77-31-10-720-002

Electrical Test of the No.1 Bearing Vibration Sensor (4002EV)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R To make sure that the No.1 bearing vibration sensor is serviceable before a
R fan trim balance or a vibration test. If the sensor is not serviceable at
R the end of this adjustment/test procedure, the engine stays serviceable and
R permits the subsequent flights. Use the vibration indications from the TRF
R vibration sensor.
R

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
No specific soft nose connector pliers
No specific warning notice
No specific Megohmeter 0-100 Megohms, U = 45 VDC
R

R B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 71-00-00-000-040 Removal of the Power Plant


R 71-00-00-400-040 Installation of the Power Plant
71-13-00-010-040 Opening of the Fan Cowl Doors
71-13-00-410-040 Closing of the Fan Cowl Doors
77-31-10-991-002 Fig. 501



EFF :

ALL  77-31-10

Page 501
Nov 01/05
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 77-31-10-941-050

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 77-31-10-010-050

B. Open the fan cowl doors: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-040)


FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 77-31-10-991-002)

Subtask 77-31-10-720-050

A. Electrical Test of the No. 1 Bearing Vibration Sensor.

(1) Disconnect the aircraft harness from the No. 1 bearing vibration
sensor connector. Use soft nose connector pliers, only if necessary.

(2) Measure the insulation resistance (on the connector) with a


Megohmeter 0-100 Megohms, U = 45 VDC between:

(a) pins 1 and 2

(b) pins 1 and 3



EFF :

ALL  77-31-10

Page 502
Nov 01/05
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


No. 1 Bearing Vibration Sensor


Figure 501/TASK 77-31-10-991-002



EFF :

ALL  77-31-10

Page 503
Nov 01/05
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

(c) pin 2 and connector body

(d) pin 3 and connector body.

(3) The insulation resistance must be more than 20 Megohms. If any one of
these measurements is less than 20 Megohms, the sensor is not
serviceable.

(a) If the sensor is not serviceable, replace the N1 bearing sensor


R in shop (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-000-040) (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-400-040)
R or contact Airbus for N1 bearing sensor deactivation under TA
R (Technical Adaptation) and precise Airbus when the next shop
R visit is scheduled.

(4) Make sure that the aircraft harness connector and the sensor
receptacle connector are clean and clear of unwanted material.

(5) Connect the aircraft harness to the No. 1 bearing vibration sensor
connector. Fully tighten by hand.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 77-31-10-410-050

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the fan cowl doors: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-040)


FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).



EFF :

ALL  77-31-10

Page 504
Nov 01/09
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

TURBINE REAR FRAME BEARING VIBRATION SENSOR (4003EV) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
___________________________________________________________________________

TASK 77-31-30-000-001

Removal of the Turbine Rear Frame Vibration Sensor

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking plugs and caps


No specific warning notice
No specific access platform 1.5 m (4 ft. 11 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-010-040 Opening of the Fan Cowl Doors


78-30-00-481-041 Make the Thrust Reverser Unserviceable for
Maintenance
78-36-00-010-040 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Doors
77-31-30-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 77-31-30-941-050

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.



EFF :

ALL  77-31-30

Page 401
Feb 01/96
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 77-31-30-010-050

B. Get Access

(1) Open the fan cowl doors: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-040)


FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

(2) Put the access platform in position.

Subtask 77-31-30-040-050

C. Make the thrust reverser unserviceable (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-481-041).

Subtask 77-31-30-010-053

D. Open the left thrust-reverser door: (Ref. TASK 78-36-00-010-040)


FOR 1000EM1
451AL
FOR 1000EM2
461AL



EFF :

ALL  77-31-30

Page 402
Feb 01/96
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 77-31-30-991-001)

Subtask 77-31-30-020-050

A. Removal of the TRF Vibration Sensor

(1) Disconnect the harness from the TRF vibration sensor receptacle.

(2) Remove the parts which attach the TRF vibration sensor as follows:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | REMOVE | FROM | NOTE |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | Nuts (30) | Flange T | At the 11:30 oclock |
R | Bolts (20) | | position (Detail B) |
R
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | Nut (50) | Bracket (60) | On flange T, at the |
R | Bolt (70) | | 10:45 oclock position |
R | Clamp (40) | | (Detail C) |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R
R | Nut (80) | Bracket (90) | On flange T, at the |
R | Bolt (110) | | 10 oclock position |
R | Clamp (100) | | (Detail D) |
R
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | Nut (120) | Bracket (130) | On the LPTACC tubes support, |
R | Bolt (150) | | at the 9:45 oclock |
R | Clamp (140) | | position (Detail E) |
R
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | Pre SB 72-022 | | |
R | Nut (170) | Bracket (160) | On flange S, at the 10 |
R | Spacer (180) | | oclock position (Detail F) |
R | Bolt (200) | | (configuration one) |
R | Clamp (190) | | |
R
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | Post SB 72-022 | | |
R | Nut (170) | Bracket (160) | On flange S, at the 10 |
R | Bolt (200) | | oclock position (Detail F) |
R | Clamp (190) | | (Configuration two) |
R
R | End SB 72-022 | | |



EFF :

ALL  77-31-30

Page 403
Nov 01/09
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


TRF Vibration Sensor


Figure 401/TASK 77-31-30-991-001- 13 (SHEET 1)



EFF :

ALL  77-31-30

Page 404
Feb 01/96
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


TRF Vibration Sensor


Figure 401/TASK 77-31-30-991-001- 23 (SHEET 2)



EFF :

ALL  77-31-30

Page 405
Feb 01/96
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


TRF Vibration Sensor


Figure 401/TASK 77-31-30-991-001- 33 (SHEET 3)



EFF :

ALL  77-31-30

Page 406
Feb 01/96
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| REMOVE | FROM | NOTE |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Bolt (230) | Bracket (210) | On flange R, at the |
| Clamp (220) | | 9:45 oclock position |
| | | (Detail G) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Nut (260) | Bracket (250) | On fuel nozzle, at the |
| Bolt (240) | | 9:45 oclock position |
| Clamp (270) | | (Detail H) |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| Screws (300) | Bracket (290) | On flange P, at the |
| Half-plates (280) | | 9:45 oclock position |
| TRF vibration sensor | | (Detail J) |
| connector (10) | | |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(3) Remove the TRF vibration sensor (10) from the engine.

(4) Put blanking plugs and caps on the disconnected parts.



EFF :

ALL  77-31-30

Page 407
May 01/10
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

TASK 77-31-30-400-001

Installation of the Turbine Rear Frame Vibration Sensor

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice


No specific access platform 1.5 m (4 ft. 11 in.)
R No specific Torque Wrench : range 0.00 to 50.00 lbf.in
R (0.00 to 0.56 m.daN)
No specific Torque Wrench : range 30.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
(0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. CP2101 USA MIL-T-5544


graphite grease (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. CP8004 *
lockwire 0.024 in. (0.6 mm) dia. (Ref. 70-30-00)
Material No. CP8005 *
lockwire 0.024 in. (0.6 mm) dia. (Ref. 70-30-00)



EFF :

ALL  77-31-30

Page 408
May 01/10
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-00-00-710-003 Engine Automatic Start


71-00-00-710-028 Engine Shutdown
71-13-00-010-040 Opening of the Fan Cowl Doors
71-13-00-410-040 Closing of the Fan Cowl Doors
77-32-34-869-041 Change the configuration of the Accelerometer
78-30-00-081-041 Make the Thrust Reverser Serviceable after
Maintenance
78-30-00-481-041 Make the Thrust Reverser Unserviceable for
Maintenance
78-36-00-010-040 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Doors
78-36-00-410-040 Closing of the Thrust Reverser Doors
77-31-30-991-001 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 77-31-30-860-050

A. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU, make sure that a
warning notice is in position to tell persons not to start the
engine.

(2) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU, make sure that the ON legend
of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2) pushbutton switch is off. Make sure
that a warning notice is in position to tell persons not to energize
the FADEC 1(2).

(3) Make sure that the access platform is in position.

Subtask 77-31-30-010-054

B. Get Access

(1) Make sure that the fan cowl doors are open: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-
040)
FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR



EFF :

ALL  77-31-30

Page 409
Feb 01/96
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

(2) Make sure that the left thrust reverser door is open: (Ref. TASK 78-
36-00-010-040)
FOR 1000EM1
451AL
FOR 1000EM2
461AL

Subtask 77-31-30-040-051

C. Make sure that the thrust reverser is unserviceable (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-
481-041).

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 77-31-30-991-001)

Subtask 77-31-30-420-050

A. Installation of the TRF Vibration Sensor

(1) Remove the blanking plugs and caps.

(2) Lubricate the threads of the bolts (20), (70), (110), (150), (200),
(230), (240) with graphite grease (Material No. CP2101).

(3) Install the TRF vibration sensor (10) in position on the engine.

(4) Install the parts which attach the TRF vibration sensor (10) as
follows:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | INSTALL | ON | NOTE |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | Bolts (20) | Flange T | At the 11:30 oclock position |
R | Nuts (30) | | (Detail B) |
R
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | Clamp (40) | Bracket (60) | On flange T, at the |
R | Bolt (70) | | 10:45 oclock position |
R | Nut (50) | | (Detail C) |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | Clamp (100) | Bracket (90) | On flange T, at the |
R | Bolt (110) | | 10 oclock position |
R | Nut (80) | | (Detail D) |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | Clamp (140) | Bracket (130) | On the LPTACC tubes support, |
R | Bolt (150) | | at the 9:45 oclock position |



EFF :

ALL  77-31-30

Page 410
Nov 01/09
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
| INSTALL | ON | NOTE |
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | Nut (120) | | (Detail E) |
R
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | Pre SB 72-022 | | |
R | Clamp (190) | Bracket (160) | On flange S, at the 10 |
R | Spacer (180) | | oclock position (Detail F) |
R | Bolt (200) | | (Configuration one) |
R | Nut (170) | | |
R
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | Post SB 72-022 | | |
R | Clamp (190) | Bracket (160) | On flange S, at the10 oclock |
R | Bolt (200) | | position (Detail F) |
R | Nut (170) | | (Configuration two) |
R
R | End SB 72-022 | | |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | Clamp (220) | Bracket (210) | On flange R, at the 9:45 |
R | Bolt (230) | | oclock position (Detail G) |
R
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | Clamp (270) | Bracket (250) | On fuel nozzle, at the |
R | Bolt (240) | | 9:45 oclock position |
R | Nut (260) | | (Detail H) |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R | TRF vibration sensor | Bracket (290) | On flange P, at the |
R | connector (10) | | 9:45 oclock position |
R | Screws (300) | | (Detail J) |
R | Half-plates (280) | | |
R -------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(5) TORQUE the screws (300) to 10 lbf.in (0.11 m.daN) and safety with
lockwire 0.024 in. (0.6 mm) dia. (Material No. CP8004) or lockwire
0.024 in. (0.6 mm) dia. (Material No. CP8005).

(6) TORQUE the nuts (30) to between 100 and 110 lbf.in (1.13 and 1.24
m.daN)

(7) TORQUE the nuts (50), (80), (120), (170), (260) and bolt (230) to
between 47 and 53 lbf.in (0.53 and 0.59 m.daN).

(8) Make sure that the connector and the receptacle are clean and clear
of unwanted materials.



EFF :

ALL  77-31-30

Page 411
Nov 01/09
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

(9) Connect the harness to the TRF vibration sensor receptacle (10).

Subtask 77-31-30-410-050

B. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the left thrust-reverser door: (Ref. TASK 78-36-00-410-040)


FOR 1000EM1
451AL
FOR 1000EM2
461AL

Subtask 77-31-30-440-050

C. Make the thrust reverser serviceable (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-081-041)

Subtask 77-31-30-710-050

D. Do this Test:

(1) Select the TRF vibration sensor through the MCDU (Ref. TASK 77-32-34-
869-041).

(2) Start the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-003).

(3) Make sure that vibration values are shown on the lower ECAM DU.

(4) Stop the engine (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-028).

(5) Select initial vibration sensor through the MCDU (Ref. TASK 77-32-34-
869-041).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 77-31-30-410-053

A. Close Access

(1) Close the fan cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-040):


FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR



EFF :

ALL  77-31-30

Page 412
Nov 01/09
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).



EFF :

ALL  77-31-30

Page 413
Nov 01/09
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

TURBINE REAR FRAME BEARING VIBRATION SENSOR (4003EV) - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
______________________________________________________________________

TASK 77-31-30-720-001

Functional Test of the Turbine Rear Frame Vibration Sensor

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

To make sure of the serviceability of the Turbine Rear Frame (TRF) Vibration
Sensor before fan trim balance or vibration check operations.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific megohmmeter 0-100megohms, 45VDC


No specific soft-nose connector pliers
No specific warning notice
No specific access platform 1.5 m (4 ft. 11 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-010-040 Opening of the Fan Cowl Doors


71-13-00-410-040 Closing of the Fan Cowl Doors
78-30-00-081-041 Make the Thrust Reverser Serviceable after
Maintenance
78-30-00-481-041 Make the Thrust Reverser Unserviceable for
Maintenance
78-36-00-010-040 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Doors
78-36-00-410-040 Closing of the Thrust Reverser Doors
77-31-30-991-004 Fig. 501



EFF :

ALL  77-31-30

Page 501
Feb 01/96
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 77-31-30-941-051

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 77-31-30-010-051

B. Get Access

(1) Open the fan cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-040):


FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

(2) Put the access platform in position.

Subtask 77-31-30-040-053

C. Make the thrust reverser unserviceable (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-481-041).

Subtask 77-31-30-010-056

D. Open the left thrust reverser door (Ref. TASK 78-36-00-010-040):


FOR 1000EM1
451AL
FOR 1000EM2
461AL



EFF :

ALL  77-31-30

Page 502
Feb 01/96
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 77-31-30-991-004)

Subtask 77-31-30-720-050

A. Electrical Test of the Turbine Rear Frame (TRF) Vibration Sensor

NOTE : If the sensor is not serviceable at the end of this test, the
____
engine is still serviceable and permits the subsequent flights.
But, remove and replace the sensor at the first engine shop visit.

(1) Disconnect the EVMU harness from the TRF vibration sensor connector
at one oclock. Use soft-nose connector pliers only if necessary.

(2) Measure the insulation resistance with a megohmmeter 0-100megohms,


45VDC between:
- pins 1 and 2
- pins 1 and 3
- pins 2 and 3
- pin 2 and connector body
- pin 3 and connector body.
R The insulation resistance must be higher than 20 megohms.

(3) Make sure that the connector and the receptacle are clean and clear
of unwanted material.

(4) Connect the EVMU harness to the TRF vibration sensor connector. Fully
tighten by hand. Use soft-nose connector pliers only if necessary.

(5) Make sure that the connector is fully engaged and does not move.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 77-31-30-410-051

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the left thrust reverser door (Ref. TASK 78-36-00-410-040):
FOR 1000EM1
451AL
FOR 1000EM2
461AL



EFF :

ALL  77-31-30

Page 503
May 01/04
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


R Electrical Test of the TRF Vibration Sensor.


Figure 501/TASK 77-31-30-991-004



EFF :

ALL  77-31-30

Page 504
Nov 01/96
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

Subtask 77-31-30-440-052

B. Make the thrust reverser serviceable (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-081-041).

Subtask 77-31-30-410-055

C. Close Access

(1) Close the fan cowl doors (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-040):


FOR 1000EM1
437AL, 438AR
FOR 1000EM2
447AL, 448AR

(2) Remove the access platform(s).

(3) Remove the warning notice(s).



EFF :

ALL  77-31-30

Page 505
Feb 01/96
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

TURBINE REAR FRAME BEARING VIBRATION SENSOR (4003EV) - INSPECTION/CHECK
_______________________________________________________________________

TASK 77-31-30-210-001

Visual Inspection of the TRF Vibration Sensor

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R
No specific soft-nose connector pliers
No specific warning notice
R

R B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

71-13-00-010-040 Opening of the Fan Cowl Doors


71-13-00-410-040 Closing of the Fan Cowl Doors
77-31-30-000-001 Removal of the Turbine Rear Frame Vibration Sensor
77-31-30-400-001 Installation of the Turbine Rear Frame Vibration
Sensor
78-30-00-081-041 Make the Thrust Reverser Serviceable after
Maintenance
78-30-00-481-041 Make the Thrust Reverser Unserviceable for
Maintenance
78-36-00-010-040 Opening of the Thrust Reverser Doors
78-36-00-410-040 Closing of the Thrust Reverser Doors
77-31-30-991-005 Fig. 601



EFF :

ALL  77-31-30

Page 601
Aug 01/96
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 77-31-30-941-052

A. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 77-31-30-010-052

B. Open the left fan cowl doors: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-010-040)


FOR 1000EM1
437AL
FOR 1000EM2
447AL

Subtask 77-31-30-040-052

C. Make the thrust reverser unserviceable (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-481-041).

Subtask 77-31-30-010-055

D. Open the left thrust-reverser doors: (Ref. TASK 78-36-00-010-040)


FOR 1000EM1
451AL
FOR 1000EM2
461AL



EFF :

ALL  77-31-30

Page 602
Aug 01/96
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 601/TASK 77-31-30-991-005)

Subtask 77-31-30-210-050

A. Visual Inspection of the TRF Vibration Sensor:

(1) Disconnect the aircraft harness from the TRF sensor connector. Use
soft-nose connector pliers only if necessary.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INSPECT/CHECK MAXIMUM REMARKS
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R 1. Examine the sensor


R accelerometer for:

A. Cracks in mounting Not permitted Replace TRF vibration


flange sensor (Ref. TASK 77-31-
30-000-001) and (Ref. TASK
77-31-30-400-001).
R

R 2. Examine all the


R attachment points of
R the sensor to the
R engine for:

A. Loose bolts Not permitted TORQUE bolts as told in


(accelerometer and installation topic
lead) (Ref. TASK 77-31-30-400-
001)

B. Loose screws, Not permitted TORQUE screws, install


missing half plate half plate and lockwire as
, broken or told in installation topic
missing lockwire (Ref. TASK 77-31-30-400-
(connector end) 001)

R 3. Examine the braid of


R the lead for:



EFF :

ALL  77-31-30

Page 603
Aug 01/96
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


Visual Inspection of the TRF Vibration Sensor


Figure 601/TASK 77-31-30-991-005



EFF :

ALL  77-31-30

Page 604
Feb 01/96
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
INSPECT/CHECK MAXIMUM REMARKS
SERVICEABLE LIMITS
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
R A. Chafing (wear) or Not permitted Replace TRF vibration
R fraying sensor (Ref. TASK 77-31-
30-000-001) and (Ref. TASK
77-31-30-400-001)

(2) Make sure that the connectors are clean and clear of unwanted
materials.

(3) Connect the aircraft harness to the TRF sensor. Use soft-nose
connector pliers only if necessary.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 77-31-30-410-052

A. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

(2) Close the left thrust-reverser doors: (Ref. TASK 78-36-00-410-040)


FOR 1000EM1
452AR
FOR 1000EM2
462AR

Subtask 77-31-30-440-051

B. Make the thrust reverser serviceable (Ref. TASK 78-30-00-081-041)

Subtask 77-31-30-410-054

C. Close Access

(1) Close the left fan cowl doors: (Ref. TASK 71-13-00-410-040)
FOR 1000EM1
438AR
FOR 1000EM2
448AR

(2) Remove the warning notice(s).



EFF :

ALL  77-31-30

Page 605
Aug 01/96
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

MONITORING UNIT - ENGINE VIBRATION (EVMU) (2EV) - REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
______________________________________________________________________

TASK 77-32-34-000-040

Removal of the Monitoring Unit Engine Vibration (EVMU) (2EV)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific blanking caps


No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)
No specific access platform 1.6 m (5 ft. 3 in.)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

77-32-34-991-900 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

R **ON A/C 007-009, 011-099,

Subtask 77-32-34-869-113

A. Write the initial vibration values.

NOTE : Before you remove the EVMU, when possible, write the initial
____
vibration values after you read them on the CFDS



EFF :

ALL  77-32-34

Page 401
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

R **ON A/C ALL

Subtask 77-32-34-865-050

B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU ENGINE/ENG1 AND 2/EVMU 1EV R44

Subtask 77-32-34-010-050

C. Get Access

(1) Put the access platform in position at the access door 824.

(2) Open the access door 824.

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 77-32-34-991-900)

Subtask 77-32-34-020-050

A. Remove the Engine Vibration Monitoring Unit

(1) Loosen the knurled nuts (4).

(2) Lower the knurled nuts (4) to free the hooks (5).

(3) Pull the engine vibration monitoring unit (1) with the handle (3)
until the connector (6) is disconnected.

(4) Remove the engine vibration monitoring unit (1) from its support (2).

(5) Put blanking caps on the disconnected electrical connectors.



EFF :

ALL  77-32-34

Page 402
May 01/02
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


Engine Vibration Monitoring Unit


Figure 401/TASK 77-32-34-991-900



EFF :

ALL  77-32-34

Page 403
Feb 01/96
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

TASK 77-32-34-400-040

Installation of the Vibration Monitoring Unit (EVMU)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

52-41-00-410-002 Close the Avionics Compartment Doors after Access


R 77-32-34-710-040 Operational Check of EVMU through CFDS
77-32-34-869-040 Acquire, Cancel, Read and Load Initial Values
77-32-34-991-900 Fig. 401

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 77-32-34-010-055

A. Get Access

(1) Make sure that the platform is in position at the access door 824.

(2) Make sure that the access door 824 is open.

Subtask 77-32-34-865-051

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) open, safetied and
tagged

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU ENGINE/ENG1 AND 2/EVMU 1EV R44



EFF :

ALL  77-32-34

Page 404
May 01/07
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 401/TASK 77-32-34-991-900)

Subtask 77-32-34-420-050

A. Install the Engine Vibration Monitoring Unit:

(1) Remove the blanking caps from the electrical connectors.

(2) Make sure that the electrical connectors are clean and in the correct
condition.

(3) Put the engine vibration monitoring unit (1) in its support (2).

(4) Push the engine vibration monitoring unit (1) until the connector (6)
engages correctly.

(5) Engage the knurled nuts (4) in the hooks (5) and tighten them.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 77-32-34-865-052

A. Remove the safety clip(s) and the tag(s) and close this(these) circuit
breaker(s):
1EV

R **ON A/C 007-009, 011-099,

Subtask 77-32-34-869-062

B. Enter the initial vibration values.

(1) Enter the initial vibration values you wrote before the removal or
acquire the initial vibration values (Ref. TASK 77-32-34-869-040).

R **ON A/C 010-010, 101-199,

Subtask 77-32-34-869-062-A

B. Not Applicable



EFF :

ALL  77-32-34

Page 405
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 77-32-34-710-051

C. Do the test of the EVMU with the CFDS (Ref. TASK 77-32-34-710-040).

Subtask 77-32-34-410-050

D. Close Access

(1) Make sure that the work area is clean and clear of tool(s) and other
items.

R (2) Close the access door 824. (Ref. TASK 52-41-00-410-002)

(3) Remove the access platform(s).



EFF :

ALL  77-32-34

Page 406
May 01/02
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

MONITORING UNIT - ENGINE VIBRATION (EVMU) (2EV) - ADJUSTMENT/TEST
_________________________________________________________________

TASK 77-32-34-710-040

R Operational Check of EVMU through CFDS


R

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Refer to the MPD TASK: 773200-C1

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-012 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/ENG
Page
77-32-34-991-901 Fig. 501

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 77-32-34-861-050

A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

Subtask 77-32-34-865-053

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU ENGINE/ENG1 AND 2/EVMU 1EV R44



EFF :

ALL  77-32-34

Page 501
Nov 01/06
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

Subtask 77-32-34-869-051

C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) On the left or right MCDU, get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST ENG page
(Ref. TASK 31-32-00-860-012).

(2) Push the line key adjacent to the EVMU indication: the first EVMU
page comes into view.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 77-32-34-710-050

A. Test of the EVMU


(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 77-32-34-991-901)

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Push the line key adjacent to the The TEST IN PROGRESS indication comes
TEST indication to get the TEST into view.
program.

2. After not many seconds The SELF TEST OK indication comes into
view.

3. On the MCDU, push the line key


adjacent to the RETURN indication
until the CFDS menu page comes
into view.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 77-32-34-862-050

A. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-


002).
R



EFF :

ALL  77-32-34

Page 502
Nov 01/00
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


EVMU Test
Figure 501/TASK 77-32-34-991-901



EFF :

ALL  77-32-34

Page 503
Feb 01/96
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

**ON A/C 007-099,

TASK 77-32-34-869-040

Acquire, Cancel, Read and Load Initial Values

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

R Due to the impact on operations an maintenance (when the function is not


R used on purpose), Airbus recommend not to use the initial values and
R consequently the computed threshold, unless the operator finds some interest
R in monitoring the vibration with the help of the initial values.
R
R To inhibit the effect of the initial values on the vibration advisory level,
R two possibilities are available:
R - To enter a dummy engine serial number ; that way, the EVMU will not use
R the initial values for the calculated threshold thinking they belong to
R another engine.
R The EVMU advisory level will only be based on the fixed threshold.
R - To load, via the LOAD initial values CFDS EVMU menu, initial values
R close to the fixed threshold (6 units for N1 and 4.3 units for N2), in order
R to have a calculated advisory near the fixed advisory.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-012 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/ENG
Page

R **ON A/C 007-009, 011-099,

77-32-34-991-902 Fig. 502


77-32-34-991-903 Fig. 503



EFF :

007-099,  77-32-34

Page 504
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

R **ON A/C 007-099,

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 77-32-34-861-051

A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

Subtask 77-32-34-865-054

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU ENGINE/ENG1 AND 2/EVMU 1EV R44

Subtask 77-32-34-869-052

C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) On the MCDU 1(2), get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST ENG page (Ref. TASK 31-
32-00-860-012).

(2) Push the key adjacent to the EVMU indication:

R **ON A/C 007-009, 011-099,

(Ref. Fig. 502/TASK 77-32-34-991-902)

R **ON A/C 007-099,

the first EVMU page comes into view.

(3) Push the line key adjacent to the NEXT PAGE indication.

(4) Push the line key adjacent to the INITIAL VALUES indication.

(5) The INITIAL VALUES menu comes into view.



EFF :

007-099,  77-32-34

Page 505
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


EVMU Menu
Figure 502/TASK 77-32-34-991-902


R

EFF :

007-009, 011-099,  77-32-34

Page 506
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 77-32-34-869-053

A. Acquisition of the Initial Values

R **ON A/C 007-009, 011-099,

(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 77-32-34-991-903)

R **ON A/C 007-099,

NOTE : The automatic acquisition of the initial values in flight is only


____
possible if the EVMU is configured to measure the vibration levels
with the accelerometer of the bearing No. 1.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Push the line key adjacent to the The ACQUISITION SHALL TAKE PLACE
ACQUIRE LEFT (RIGHT) indication indication comes into view.
to get the ACQUIRE LEFT (RIGHT)
program.

2. On the MCDU, push the line key


adjacent to the RETURN indication
until the CFDS menu page comes
into view.

3. After the flight read and note


the initial vibration values in
your Monitoring Data Base



EFF :

007-099,  77-32-34

Page 507
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


Initial Values Menu


Figure 503/TASK 77-32-34-991-903


R

EFF :

007-009, 011-099,  77-32-34

Page 508
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

Subtask 77-32-34-869-054

B. Cancel the Initial Values Acquisition Demand

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Push the line key adjacent to the The initial values acquisition demand
CANCEL LEFT (RIGHT) indication. for the left (right) engine are
cancelled.

2. On the MCDU, push the line key


adjacent to the RETURN indication
until the CFDS menu page comes
into view.

Subtask 77-32-34-869-055

C. Read the Initial Values

R **ON A/C 007-009, 011-099,

(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 77-32-34-991-903)

R **ON A/C 007-099,

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Push the line key adjacent to the The table that shows the values comes
READ LEFT N1 (N1 RIGHT) into view.
indication to get the READ LEFT
N1 (N1 RIGHT) menu.

2. Push the NEXT PAGE to get the


second INITIAL VALUES READ N1
LEFT (RIGHT) menu page.

3. Push the line key adjacent to the The INITIAL VALUES menu comes into
RETURN indication to get the view.
INITIAL VALUES menu. Do the same
procedure to read N2 right or
left.



EFF :

007-099,  77-32-34

Page 509
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
4. On the MCDU, push the line key
adjacent to the RETURN indication
until the CFDS menu page comes
into view.

Subtask 77-32-34-869-056

D. Load of the Initial Values

R **ON A/C 007-009, 011-099,

(Ref. Fig. 503/TASK 77-32-34-991-903)

R **ON A/C 007-099,

NOTE : The first value that comes into view is the serial number of the
____
engine. The second value is related to the first speed interval
(20 percent for N1, 50 percent for N2). This sequence continues
until you get the initial value related to the last speed interval
(125 percent for N1 and N2).

NOTE : The EVMU advisory logic uses two independent advisory thresholds
____
(Ref. SIL 77-004):
- the fixed thresholds: 6 units for N1 vibrations and 4.3 units
for N2 vibrations.
- the computed thresholds, calculated from the initial engine
vibration values.
To prevent triggering of the advisory when the actual engine
vibrations are in the permitted limits, we recommend that you load
initial values near the fixed thresholds (4 units for N1
vibrations and 3 units for N2 vibrations).



EFF :

007-099,  77-32-34

Page 510
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Push the line key adjacent to the EVMU INITIAL VALUES ENGINE LEFT (RIGHT)
LOAD LEFT (RIGHT) indication to page comes into view.
get the LOAD LEFT (RIGHT)
program.

2. On the MCDU keyboard, enter the The value comes into view under the
engine serial number (6 digits) RETURN indication : (YYYYYY)

3. Push the line key adjacent to the the value goes out of view under RETURN
S/N indication. and comes into view in front of the S/N
indication

NOTE : If the EVMU does not accept the new value:


____
- the old value comes into view,
- you must do the operation again.

4. Push the LOAD N1 key. The initial value related to the first
speed interval comes into view.

5. Change the value. Do the same


steps as for the serial number of
the engine.

NOTE : If it is not necessary to change the old value, you must tell the
____
EVMU that this value is correct. To do this push the line key
adjacent to the old value.

6. Push the NEXT PAGE key to enter


the values at higher speeds.

7. Do again the procedure to load N2


values.

8. On the MCDU, push the line key


adjacent to the RETURN indication
until the CFDS menu page comes
into view.


R

EFF :

007-099,  77-32-34

Page 511
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 77-32-34-862-051

A. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-


002).


R

EFF :

007-099,  77-32-34

Page 512
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

**ON A/C ALL

TASK 77-32-34-869-041

Change the configuration of the Accelerometer

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-012 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/ENG
Page

**ON A/C 007-012,

77-32-34-991-908 Fig. 504

**ON A/C ALL

Post SB 77-1003 For A/C 007-012,

77-32-34-991-908-A Fig. 504A


77-32-34-991-909 Fig. 505

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 77-32-34-861-052

A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).


R

EFF :

ALL  77-32-34

Page 513
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

Subtask 77-32-34-865-055

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU ENGINE/ENG1 AND 2/EVMU 1EV R44

Subtask 77-32-34-869-057

C. On the MCDU 1(2), get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST ENG page (Ref. TASK 31-32-
00-860-012).

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 007-012,

Subtask 77-32-34-869-058

A. Change the configuration of the Accelerometer


(Ref. Fig. 504/TASK 77-32-34-991-908)

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Push the line key adjacent to the The EVMU menu comes into view.
EVMU indication .

2. Push the line key adjacent to the The configuration of the left and right
ACC RECONFIGURATION indication to engines comes into view.
get the ACC RECONFIGURATION
program.

(Ref. Fig. 504/TASK 77-32-34-991-908)


Detail A.

3. Push the line key adjacent to the The indication for the new
indication of the engine on which accelerometer comes into view under the
you must change the indication of the related engine.
(Ref. Fig. 504/TASK 77-32-34-991-908)
accelerometer. Detail B.

NOTE : If the EVMU does not accept the change, there can be two causes:
____
- the accelerometer you set is defective



EFF :

ALL  77-32-34

Page 514
May 01/08
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


Reconfiguration of the Accelerometer


Figure 504/TASK 77-32-34-991-908


R

EFF :

007-012,  77-32-34

Page 515
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Ref. Fig. 504/TASK 77-32-34-991-908)
Detail C.
- before you changed the accelerometer you did the procedure to
acquire the initial values for the subsequent flight.
(Ref. Fig. 504/TASK 77-32-34-991-908)
Detail D.

4. On the MCDU, push the line key


adjacent to the RETURN indication
until the CFDS menu page comes
into view.

**ON A/C ALL

Post SB 77-1003 For A/C 007-012,

Subtask 77-32-34-869-058-A

A. Change the configuration of the Accelerometer

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Push the line key adjacent to the The EVMU menu comes into view.
EVMU indication.

2. Push the line key adjacent to the The configuration of the left and right
ACC, RECONFIGURATION indication engines comes into view.
to get the ACC, RECONFIGURATION
program.

(Ref. Fig. 504A/TASK 77-32-34-991-908-


A)
Detail A.

3. Push the line key adjacent to the The indication for the new
indication of the engine on which accelerometer comes into view under the
you must change the indication of the related engine.
(Ref. Fig. 504A/TASK 77-32-34-991-908-
A)
accelerometer. Detail B

NOTE : The EVMU shows the state of the switching mode:


____



EFF :

ALL  77-32-34

Page 516
May 01/08
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


Reconfiguration of the Accelerometer


Figure 504A/TASK 77-32-34-991-908-A



EFF :

ALL  77-32-34

Page 517
May 01/08
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- There is no accelerometer failure: SWITCH MODE ON indication comes
into view.
(Ref. Fig. 504A/TASK 77-32-34-991-908-A)
- If there is an accelerometer failure: SWITCH MODE OFF/ ONE (MORE)
ACCLM DEFECT comes into view.

NOTE : If the EVMU does not accept the change, there can be two causes:
____
- the accelerometer you set is defective
(Ref. Fig. 505/TASK 77-32-34-991-909)
Detail A and
- before you changed the accelerometer you did the procedure to
acquire the initial values for the subsquent flight.
(Ref. Fig. 505/TASK 77-32-34-991-909)
Detail B.

4. On the MCDU, push the line key


adjacent to the RETURN indication
until the CFDS menu page comes
into view.

**ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 77-32-34-862-052

A. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-


002).



EFF :

ALL  77-32-34

Page 518
May 01/08
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


Reconfiguration of the Accelerometer


Figure 505/TASK 77-32-34-991-909



EFF :

ALL  77-32-34

Page 519
May 01/08
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

TASK 77-32-34-869-042

Acquire Unbalance Data During the Flight and Read Unbalance Data

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-012 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/ENG
Page

**ON A/C 007-012,

77-32-34-991-911 Fig. 506

R **ON A/C 007-099,

R Post SB 77-1003 For A/C 007-012,

R 77-32-34-991-911-A Fig. 506A

R **ON A/C 010-010, 101-199,

R Post SB 77-1003 For A/C 010-010,

R 77-32-34-991-911-B Fig. 506B

**ON A/C 007-012,

77-32-34-991-914 Fig. 507



EFF :

ALL  77-32-34

Page 520
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R **ON A/C 007-099,

R Post SB 77-1003 For A/C 007-012,

R 77-32-34-991-914-A Fig. 507A

R **ON A/C 010-010, 101-199,

R Post SB 77-1003 For A/C 010-010,

R 77-32-34-991-914-B Fig. 507B

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 77-32-34-861-053

A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

Subtask 77-32-34-865-056

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU ENGINE/ENG1 AND 2/EVMU 1EV R44

**ON A/C 007-012,

Subtask 77-32-34-869-059

C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) On the MCDU 1(2), get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST ENG page (Ref. TASK 31-
32-00-860-012).

(2) Push the key adjacent to the EVMU indication: the first EVMU page
comes into view.


R

EFF :

ALL  77-32-34

Page 521
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

(3) Push the NEXT PAGE key.

(4) Push the key adjacent to the ENGINE UNBALANCE indication.

(5) The EVMU ENGINE UNBALANCE menu comes into view.

**ON A/C ALL

Post SB 77-1003 For A/C 007-012,

Subtask 77-32-34-869-059-A

C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) On the MCDU 1(2), get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST ENG page (Ref. TASK 31-
32-00-860-012).

(2) Push the key adjacent to the EVMU indication: the first EVMU page
comes into view.

(3) Push the NEXT PAGE key.

(4) Push the key adjacent to the ENGINE UNBALANCE indication.

(5) The EVMU ENGINE UNBALANCE menu comes into view.

**ON A/C ALL

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 007-012,

Subtask 77-32-34-869-060

A. Set the Five Cruising Speeds

NOTE : You must change or push the key adjacent to the engine speeds
____
(RPM) for which the EVMU will record unbalance data during the
subsequent flight.

NOTE : The EVMU ENGINE UNBALANCE menu permits selection of N1 speeds only
____
from 50 percent to 99 percent rpm for the acquisition in flight.
If you try to set a value out of this range the EVMU will not
accept it and will keep the old value.


R

EFF :

ALL  77-32-34

Page 522
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

NOTE : When you set the ENGINE UNBALANCE on the EVMU menu, you can:
____
- set the five different cruise speeds for each engine. The
unbalance data are put in the EVMU for these speeds, or
- read the unbalance data put in the EVMU for the different speeds
you set.

NOTE : You can do the acquisition of the unbalance parameters during the
____
flight only if the EVMU is configured with the accelerometer of
the bearing No. 1.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Push the line key adjacent to the The old value or N/A comes into view
LOAD indication for the left or with REQ NR1 opposite.
the right engine to get the LOAD
program.

(Ref. Fig. 506/TASK 77-32-34-991-911)

NOTE : If the EVMU operates with the accelerometer No. 2,


____
- or the accelerometer No. 1 is defective,
- the indications come into view.
(Ref. Fig. 506/TASK 77-32-34-991-911)

2. On the MCDU keyboard, load the The new value comes into view under the
new value. RETURN indication

3. Push the line key adjacent to the The new value comes into view and
N/A indication or related to the replaces the old value.
old value.

NOTE : If the EVMU does not accept the new value, the old value comes into
____
view and you must do the operation again.

4. On the MCDU keyboard, push the The second old value or N/A comes into
NEXT PAGE mode key. view REQ NR2 comes on opposite

5. Change the value as before. Do


the procedure again to change the
five speeds.

NOTE : If it is not necessary to change the old value, you must tell the
____
EVMU that this value is correct. Push the line key adjacent to the
old value.


R

EFF :

007-012,  77-32-34

Page 523
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


Engine Unbalance Data


Figure 506/TASK 77-32-34-991-911


R

EFF :

007-012,  77-32-34

Page 524
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE : If it is not necessary to set the five speeds, you can push the line
____
key adjacent to the RETURN indication. Do this when the number of
speeds necessary is loaded. The EVMU automatically cancels the last
speeds so that it does not keep incorrect values.

6. On the MCDU, push the line key


adjacent to the RETURN indication
until the CFDS menu page comes
into view.

Subtask 77-32-34-869-061

B. Read the Engine Unbalance Data

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Push the line key adjacent to the The values recorded during the flight
READ indication for the left or come into view
the right engine to get the READ
program.

(Ref. Fig. 507/TASK 77-32-34-991-914)

NOTE : No data come into view for the speeds not loaded.
____

2. On the MCDU, push the line key


adjacent to the RETURN indication
until the CFDS menu page comes
into view.

**ON A/C ALL

Post SB 77-1003 For A/C 007-012,

Subtask 77-32-34-869-060-A

A. Modification of the Preloaded Speed Values

NOTE : The EVMU ENGINE UNBALANCE menu permits selection of N1 speeds only
____
from 50 percent to 99 percent rpm for the acquisition in flight.
If you try to set a value out of this range the EVMU will not
accept it and will keep the old value.


R

EFF :

ALL  77-32-34

Page 525
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


Engine Unbalance Data


R Figure 506A/TASK 77-32-34-991-911-A


R

EFF :

007-099,  77-32-34

Page 526
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


Engine Unbalance Data


R Figure 506B/TASK 77-32-34-991-911-B


R

EFF :

010-010, 101-199,  77-32-34

Page 527
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


Engine Unbalance Data


Figure 507/TASK 77-32-34-991-914


R

EFF :

007-012,  77-32-34

Page 528
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Push the line key adjacent to the Configuration of the applicable engine
LOAD indication for the left or comes into view.
the right engine to get the LOAD
program.

Detail B.

NOTE : If one or more accelerometer is defective the indications come into


____
view.

R **ON A/C 007-099,

R Post SB 77-1003 For A/C 007-012,

R (Ref. Fig. 506A/TASK 77-32-34-991-911-A)

R **ON A/C 010-010, 101-199,

R Post SB 77-1003 For A/C 010-010,

R (Ref. Fig. 506B/TASK 77-32-34-991-911-B)

**ON A/C ALL

Post SB 77-1003 For A/C 007-012,

Detail C. The new value comes into view under the

2. On the MCDU keyboard, load the RETURN indication

R **ON A/C 007-099,

R Post SB 77-1003 For A/C 007-012,

R (Ref. Fig. 506A/TASK 77-32-34-991-911-


A)

R **ON A/C 010-010, 101-199,

R Post SB 77-1003 For A/C 010-010,

R (Ref. Fig. 506B/TASK 77-32-34-991-911-


B)



EFF :

ALL  77-32-34

Page 529
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
**ON A/C ALL

Post SB 77-1003 For A/C 007-012,

new value. Detail B.


- Two digits for N1 speed
- One digit 0, 1 or 2 for N
- Two digits between 4 and 99 for
time

NOTE : You must insert a /


____
between N1, N and TIME
when you type these data.

3. Push the line key adjacent to the The new values come into view and
old values that you must to replace the old values.
change

NOTE : If the EVMU does not accept the new value, the old value comes into
____
view and you must do the operation again.

4. Do the procedure again to change


the other values if necessary.

5. Push the line key adjacent to the


SAVE indication.

6. On the MCDU, push the line key


adjacent to the RETURN indication
until the CFDS menu page comes
into view.


R

EFF :

ALL  77-32-34

Page 530
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

Subtask 77-32-34-869-061-A

B. Read the Engine Unbalance Data

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Push the line key adjacent to the The values recorded during the flight
READ indication for the left or come into view
the right engine to get the READ
program.

R **ON A/C 007-099,

R Post SB 77-1003 For A/C 007-012,

R (Ref. Fig. 507A/TASK 77-32-34-991-914-


A)

R **ON A/C 010-010, 101-199,

R Post SB 77-1003 For A/C 010-010,

R (Ref. Fig. 507B/TASK 77-32-34-991-914-


B)

**ON A/C ALL

Post SB 77-1003 For A/C 007-012,

NOTE : No data come into view if for a loaded speed the acquisition did not
____
occur, the message NO ACQUISITION is shown in this case.

2. On the MCDU, push the line key


adjacent to the RETURN indication
until the CFDS menu page comes
into view.


R

EFF :

ALL  77-32-34

Page 531
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


Engine Unbalance Data


R Figure 507A/TASK 77-32-34-991-914-A


R

EFF :

007-099,  77-32-34

Page 532
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


Engine Unbalance Data


R Figure 507B/TASK 77-32-34-991-914-B


R

EFF :

010-010, 101-199,  77-32-34

Page 533
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

**ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 77-32-34-862-053

A. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-


002).



EFF :

ALL  77-32-34

Page 534
May 01/08
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

TASK 77-32-34-869-043

Unbalance Parameter Acquisition on the Ground

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific circuit breaker(s) safety clip(s)

B. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-012 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/ENG
Page
31-60-00-860-001 EIS Start Procedure
31-60-00-860-002 EIS Stop Procedure
71-00-00-710-003 Engine Automatic Start
71-00-00-710-028 Engine Shutdown

R **ON A/C 007-009, 011-099,

77-32-34-991-912 Fig. 508

R **ON A/C 010-010, 101-199,

R Post SB 77-1003 For A/C 010-010,

77-32-34-991-912-A Fig. 508A


R

EFF :

ALL  77-32-34

Page 535
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

R **ON A/C 007-009, 011-099,

77-32-34-991-916 Fig. 509

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 77-32-34-861-054

A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

Subtask 77-32-34-869-063

B. Do the EIS start procedure (upper ECAM display unit only) (Ref. TASK 31-
60-00-860-001).

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 77-32-34-869-097-A

A. Start the two engines and let them become stable at minimum idle for 5
minutes (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-003).

(1) If the flight number is entered through the MCDU before the run-up
(PFR available at the end of the run-up), during the 5 minutes, refer
R to the 4 steps that follow to get the CFDS menu on the MCDU
R (B.,C.(1),C.(2),C.(3)).

R NOTE : If a flight number is not entered go to step (C.(4)).


____


R

EFF :

ALL  77-32-34

Page 536
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

Subtask 77-32-34-865-068

B. Open, safety and tag this(these) circuit breaker(s):

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
49VU FWS/FWC1/SPLY 3WW F01
121VU CFDS/CFDIU/SPLY 2TW J18
121VU CFDS/CFDIU/BACK/UP 8TW J17
121VU EIS/FWC2/SPLY 2WW Q07

R **ON A/C 007-009, 011-099,

Subtask 77-32-34-869-064-A

C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) After some seconds close the circuit breakers 2TW and 8TW.

(2) You can get access to the CFDS menu after some seconds.

(3) Close the circuit breaker 3WW.

NOTE : When you are in ENG VIBRATION MENU mode, vibration indications
____
on the ECAM are not shown (amber crosses).

(4) Increase the speed of the two engines to 80 percent N1.


Keep the engines stable at this value for 7 minutes.

(5) Increase the speed slowly and continuously to TO N1. Keep the engines
stable at this value during 2 minutes.


R

EFF :

ALL  77-32-34

Page 537
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

(6) Do the steps given below:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. On one MCDU, get the SYSTEM


REPORT/TEST ENG menu page.

2. Push the line key adjacent to the - The EVMU menu page comes into view.
EVMU indication.

3. Push the line key adjacent to the - The EVMU ENGINE UNBALANCE menu page
ENGINE UNBALANCE indication. comes into view.
(Ref. Fig. 508/TASK 77-32-34-991-912)

4. Push the line key adjacent to the - The EVMU BALANCING LEFT (RIGHT) page
BALANCING LEFT (RIGHT) comes into view.
(Ref. Fig. 509/TASK 77-32-34-991-916)
indication.

5. To record the phase and - The EVMU gets the phase and the
displacement with the No. 1 displacement and calculates the
bearing accelerometer: average values for these parameters.
- Push the line key adjacent to - An asterisk comes into view adjacent
the START BEAR1 indication. to the START BEAR1 indication.
(Ref. Fig. 509/TASK 77-32-34-991-916)
(Detail A)

6. To stop the acquisition with the - The acquisition stops.


No. 1 bearing accelerometer: - An asterisk comes into view adjacent
- Push the line key adjacent to to the STOP BEAR1 indication.
the STOP BEAR1 indication.

(Ref. Fig. 509/TASK 77-32-34-991-916)


(Detail B)

7. Get a record of the results:


- Push the key adjacent to the
PRINT indication.

8. To record the phase and - The EVMU gets the phase and the
displacement with the TRF displacement and calculates the
accelerometer: average values for these parameters.
- Push the line key adjacent to - An asterisk comes into view adjacent
the START TRF indication. to the START TRF indication.
(Ref. Fig. 509/TASK 77-32-34-991-916)


R

EFF :

007-009, 011-099,  77-32-34

Page 538
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


Engine Unbalance Data Menu


Figure 508/TASK 77-32-34-991-912


R

EFF :

007-099,  77-32-34

Page 539
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


Engine Unbalance Data Menu


Figure 508A/TASK 77-32-34-991-912-A


R

EFF :

010-010, 101-199,  77-32-34

Page 540
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


Engine Unbalance
Figure 509/TASK 77-32-34-991-916


R

EFF :

007-009, 011-099,  77-32-34

Page 541
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Detail C)

9. To stop the acquisition with the - The acquisition stops.


TRF accelerometer: - An asterisk comes into view adjacent
- Push the line key adjacent to to the STOP TRF indication.
(Ref. Fig. 509/TASK 77-32-34-991-916)
the STOP TRF indication. (Detail D)

10. Get a record of the results:


- Push the line key adjacent to
the PRINT indication.

11. On the MCDU, push the line key


adjacent to the RETURN
indication until the CFDS menu
page comes into view.

(7) Decrease power to minimum idle, let the engine become stable for 5
minutes then stop the engines (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-028). Close
circuit breaker 2WW if the flight number is entered.

R **ON A/C 010-010, 101-199,

Subtask 77-32-34-869-064-B

C. Unbalance Acquisition on the Ground

(1) After some seconds close the circuit breakers 2TW and 8TW.

(2) You can get access to the CFDS menu after some seconds.

(3) Close the circuit breaker 3WW.

NOTE : When you are in ENG VIBRATION MENU mode, vibration indications
____
on the ECAM are not shown (amber crosses).

(4) On the MCDU1(2), get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST ENG page (Ref. TASK 31-
32-00-860-012).



EFF :

ALL  77-32-34

Page 542
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

(5) Push the line key adjacent to the EVMU indication: the first EVMU
page comes into view. Push the NEXT page key.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Push the line key adjacent to the - The EVMU ENGINE UNBALANCE menu page
ENGINE UNBALANCE indication. comes into view.

R **ON A/C 010-010, 101-199,

R Post SB 77-1003 For A/C 010-010,

(Ref. Fig. 508A/TASK 77-32-34-


991-912-A)

R **ON A/C 010-010, 101-199,

2. Push the ENG1(2) GROUND ACQN - The EVMU ENG1(2) GROUND ACQN page
indication. comes into view.

3. Increase the engine speed to the - The EVMU memorizes the set of
desired level. When the engine vibration data. The EVMU can memorize
speed is stabilized push the line five set of vibration data.
key adjacent to the SAVE
indication.

4. When you want to stop the - The MCDU shows the last five set of
acquisition, push the line key vibration data memorized in the EVMU.
adjacent to the READ indication.

5. On the MCDU, push the line key


adjacent to the RETURN indication
until the CFDS menu page comes
into view.

6. Stop the MCDU.

(6) Decrease power to minimum idle, let the engine become stable for 5
minutes then stop the engines (Ref. TASK 71-00-00-710-028). Close
circuit breaker 2WW if the flight number is entered.


R

EFF :

010-010, 101-199,  77-32-34

Page 543
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

**ON A/C ALL

Subtask 77-32-34-860-061

D. Do the EIS stop procedure


(Ref. TASK 31-60-00-860-002)

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 77-32-34-862-054

A. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-


002).



EFF :

ALL  77-32-34

Page 544
May 01/08
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

TASK 77-32-34-869-044

Load Frequency Analysis

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

Self Explanatory

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-012 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/ENG
Page
77-32-34-991-901 Fig. 501

**ON A/C 007-012,

77-32-34-991-918 Fig. 510

R **ON A/C 007-099,

R Post SB 77-1003 For A/C 007-012,

R 77-32-34-991-918-A Fig. 510A

R **ON A/C 010-010, 101-199,

R Post SB 77-1003 For A/C 010-010,

R 77-32-34-991-918-B Fig. 510B

**ON A/C 007-012,

77-32-34-991-921 Fig. 511


R

EFF :

ALL  77-32-34

Page 545
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

**ON A/C ALL

Post SB 77-1003 For A/C 007-012,

77-32-34-991-921-A Fig. 511A

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 77-32-34-861-055

A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

Subtask 77-32-34-865-057

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU ENGINE/ENG1 AND 2/EVMU 1EV R44

Subtask 77-32-34-869-065

C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) On the MCDU 1(2), get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST ENG page (Ref. TASK 31-
32-00-860-012).

(2) Push the line key adjacent to the EVMU indication: the first EVMU
page comes into view.
(Ref. Fig. 501/TASK 77-32-34-991-901)


R

EFF :

ALL  77-32-34

Page 546
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

4. Procedure
_________

**ON A/C 007-012,

Subtask 77-32-34-869-066

A. Load Frequency Analysis


(Ref. Fig. 510/TASK 77-32-34-991-918)

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Push the NEXT PAGE mode key The second EVMU page comes into view

2. Push the line key adjacent to the The EVMU FREQUENCY ANALYSIS menu comes
FREQUENCY ANALYSIS indication. into view

3. Push the line key adjacent to the The EVMU FREQUENCY ANALYSIS LEFT
LOAD LEFT (RIGHT) N1 (N2) (RIGHT) N1 (N2) page comes into view
indication.

NOTE : The Frequency Analysis can occur during cruise (flight phase 6) or
____
when the aircraft is on the ground, engine(s) running (flight phase
2, 3 or 9).

4. Enter the new values on the MCDU The values come into view in the MCDU
keyboard. scratch pad.

NOTE : You can correct typing errors with the CLEAR key of the keyboard.
____

5. After you enter all the The new values replace the old values
characters, push the line key and REQUEST ON FOR N1 (N2) comes into
adjacent to the old values. view.

6. On the MCDU, push the line key


adjacent to the RETURN indication
until the CFDS menu page comes
into view.

NOTE : When the speed and phase are those shown on the MCDU, the printer
____
will automatically print the Frequency Analysis.
(Ref. Fig. 511/TASK 77-32-34-991-921)
The printer gives the vibration in G Peak, every 4Hz and in
frequency range from 0 to 500Hz.


R

EFF :

ALL  77-32-34

Page 547
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


EVMU Frequency Analysis


Figure 510/TASK 77-32-34-991-918



EFF :

007-012,  77-32-34

Page 548
May 01/08
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


EVMU Frequency Analysis


R Figure 510A/TASK 77-32-34-991-918-A


R

EFF :

007-099,  77-32-34

Page 549
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


EVMU Frequency Analysis


R Figure 510B/TASK 77-32-34-991-918-B


R

EFF :

010-010, 101-199,  77-32-34

Page 550
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


EVMU Frequency Analysis


Figure 511/TASK 77-32-34-991-921


R

EFF :

007-012,  77-32-34

Page 551
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

**ON A/C ALL

Post SB 77-1003 For A/C 007-012,

Subtask 77-32-34-869-066-A

A. Load Frequency Analysis

R **ON A/C 007-099,

R Post SB 77-1003 For A/C 007-012,

R (Ref. Fig. 510A/TASK 77-32-34-991-918-A)

R **ON A/C 010-010, 101-199,

R Post SB 77-1003 For A/C 010-010,

R (Ref. Fig. 510B/TASK 77-32-34-991-918-B)

**ON A/C ALL

Post SB 77-1003 For A/C 007-012,

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Push the NEXT PAGE mode key The second EVMU page comes into view

2. Push the line key adjacent to the The EVMU FREQUENCY ANALYSIS menu comes
FREQUENCY ANALYSIS indication. into view

3. Push the line key adjacent to the The EVMU FREQUENCY ANALYSIS ENGINE LEFT
LOAD LEFT (RIGHT) N1 (N2) (RIGHT) N1 (N2) page comes into view
indication.

NOTE : The Frequency Analysis can occur during cruise (flight phase 6) or
____
when the aircraft is on the ground, engine(s) running (flight phase
2, 3 or 9).

4. Enter the new values on the MCDU The values come into view in the MCDU
keyboard. scratch pad.

NOTE : You can correct typing errors with the CLEAR key of the keyboard.
____



EFF :

ALL  77-32-34

Page 552
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
5. After you enter all the The new values replace the old values
characters are typed, push the and REQUEST ON FOR N1 (N2) comes into
line key adjacent to the old view.
values.

NOTE : With the comments menu the operator can enter or clear up to three
____
lines of comments. These three lines will show on the printout of the
frequency analysis.

6. Push the line key adjacent to the The EVMU FREQUENCY ANALYSIS COMMENTS
COMMENTS indication menu comes into view.

7. Push the line key adjacent to the A new submenu LOAD COMMENT LINE 1 comes
LOAD LINE 1 indication. into view.

8. Enter the comment on the MCDU The comment comes into view in the MCDU
keyboard (up to 24 characters) scratchpad.

NOTE : You can correct typing errors with the CLEAR key of the keyboard.
____

9. Push the line key adjacent to the The EVMU FREQUENCY ANALYSIS COMMENTS
SAVE indication menu comes into view.

NOTE : Push the line key adjacent to the RETURN indication to keep the
____
COMMENT line without change.

10. Do again steps 6 to 8 for line 2


and 3 if necessary.

11. On the MCDU, push the line key


adjacent to the RETURN
indication until the CFDS menu
page comes into view.

NOTE : When the speed and phase are those shown on the MCDU, the printer
____
will automatically print the Frequency Analysis.
(Ref. Fig. 511A/TASK 77-32-34-991-921-A)
The printer gives the vibration in G Peak, every 4Hz and in
frequency range from 4 to 500Hz.



EFF :

ALL  77-32-34

Page 553
May 01/08
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


EVMU Frequency Analysis


Figure 511A/TASK 77-32-34-991-921-A



EFF :

ALL  77-32-34

Page 554
May 01/08
R  
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

**ON A/C ALL

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 77-32-34-862-055

A. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-


002).


R

EFF :

ALL  77-32-34

Page 555
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

TASK 77-32-34-869-045

Cancel Frequency Analysis Demand

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

You can use this procedure when the Frequency Analysis is not necessary.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
24-41-00-862-002 De-energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits Supplied
from the External Power
31-32-00-860-012 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/ENG
Page

R **ON A/C 007-099,

R Post SB 77-1003 For A/C 007-012,

R 77-32-34-991-033 Fig. 512

R **ON A/C 010-010, 101-199,

R Post SB 77-1003 For A/C 010-010,

R 77-32-34-991-033-A Fig. 512A

**ON A/C ALL

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 77-32-34-861-056

A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).


R

EFF :

ALL  77-32-34

Page 556
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

Subtask 77-32-34-865-058

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU ENGINE/ENG1 AND 2/EVMU 1EV R44

Subtask 77-32-34-869-068

C. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) On the MCDU 1(2), get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST ENG page (Ref. TASK 31-
32-00-860-012).

(2) Push the line key adjacent to the EVMU indication: the first EVMU
page comes into view.

4. Procedure
_________

Subtask 77-32-34-869-069

A. Cancel the Frequency Analysis Demand

R **ON A/C 007-099,

R Post SB 77-1003 For A/C 007-012,

R (Ref. Fig. 512/TASK 77-32-34-991-033)

R **ON A/C 010-010, 101-199,

R Post SB 77-1003 For A/C 010-010,

R (Ref. Fig. 512A/TASK 77-32-34-991-033-A)



EFF :

ALL  77-32-34

Page 557
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


Cancel the Frequency Analysis Demand


R Figure 512/TASK 77-32-34-991-033


R

EFF :

007-099,  77-32-34

Page 558
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


Cancel the Frequency Analysis Demand


R Figure 512A/TASK 77-32-34-991-033-A


R

EFF :

010-010, 101-199,  77-32-34

Page 559
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

**ON A/C ALL

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Push the NEXT PAGE mode key The second EVMU page comes into view

2. Push the line key adjacent to the The EVMU FREQUENCY ANALYSIS menu comes
FREQUENCY ANALYSIS indication into view

3. Push the line key adjacent to the A new EVMU FREQUENCY ANALYSIS page is
CANCEL LEFT (RIGHT) related to shown and you can read REQUEST OFF FOR
the engine for which you cancel N1 (N2)
the Frequency Analysis demand.

4. On the MCDU, push the line key


adjacent to the RETURN indication
until the CFDS menu page comes
into view.

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 77-32-34-862-056

A. De-energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-862-


002).


R

EFF :

ALL  77-32-34

Page 560
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

**ON A/C 010-010, 101-199,

TASK 77-32-34-750-002

Fan Trim Balance with the EVMU (one Shot Method)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

You can use this procedure for consecutive fan trim balances if necessary.
If consecutive fan trim balances with this method do not give significant
results, do a fan trim balance with the vectorial method.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice


R No specific Torque Wrench : range 30.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
R (0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. CP2101 *


graphite grease (Ref. 70-30-00)



EFF :

010-010, 101-199,  77-32-34

Page 561
Nov 01/09
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
31-32-00-860-012 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/ENG
Page
77-32-34-869-042 Acquire Unbalance Data During the Flight and Read
Unbalance Data
77-32-34-869-043 Unbalance Parameter Acquisition on the Ground
77-32-34-991-952 Fig. 513

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 77-32-34-861-073

A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

Subtask 77-32-34-865-082

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU ENGINE/ENG1 AND 2/EVMU 1EV R44

Subtask 77-32-34-941-055

C. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.


R

EFF :

010-010, 101-199,  77-32-34

Page 562
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 77-32-34-860-069

D. Aircraft System Configuration

(1) On the spinner rear cone, record the identification (P0X) and the
position of all the 36 balance screws.

NOTE : The balance screws are identified by a number (P0X) engraved


____
on the screw head.

NOTE : A spherical mark is machined on the spinner rear cone to show


____
the fan blade No.1 location. The fan blade No.1 is to the left
of the mark, forward looking aft (the blades are counted
counterclockwise).

Subtask 77-32-34-869-104

E. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) To do this procedure flight or ground vibration data must be


available (Ref. TASK 77-32-34-869-042) or (Ref. TASK 77-32-34-869-
043).

(2) On the MCDU 1(2), get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST ENG page (Ref. TASK 31-
32-00-860-012).

(3) Push the key adjacent to the EVMU indication: the first EVMU page
comes into view.

(4) Push the NEXT PAGE key.

(5) Push the key adjacent to the ENGINE UNBALANCE indication

(6) The EVMU ENGINE UNBALANCE menu comes into view.


R

EFF :

010-010, 101-199,  77-32-34

Page 563
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 513/TASK 77-32-34-991-952)

Subtask 77-32-34-750-054

A. Do the fan trim balance.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Push the line key adjacent to the The EVMU ENG1(2) TRIM BALANCE menu
ENG1(2) TRIM indication. comes into view.

2. Push the line key adjacent to the The EVMU ENG1(2) CURRENT VIB INPUT menu
ONE SHOT CFM56-5A indication. comes into view.

3. Push the line key related to the The vibration data comes into view.
data that you use to do the trim
balance:
- FLIGHT DATA
- or GROUND DATA
- or MANUAL INPUT.

4. Collect the vibration data on the


result sheet or by a print of the
MCDU screens. These data are
necessary if you must do a trim
balance with the vectorial
method.

5. Push the line key adjacent to the The INFLUENCE COEFF SELECT menu comes
CONT indication. into view.

6. Push the line key adjacent to the The ENG1(2) INSTALLED CURRENT SCREWS
GENERIC COEFF CFM56-5A menu comes into view. Compare the data
indication. shown on the MCDU with the data
collected in step D. for all the 36
NOTE : You can use a specific
____ holes and if necessary type on the
coefficient to trim keyboard the screw identification (P0X)
balance the engine. In and press the line key adjacent to the
this case you must type current screw position.
the N1/SENS/DEG data for
the bearing 1 and TRF
sensors in the ENG1(2)
SPECIFIC COEFF menu.


R

EFF :

010-010, 101-199,  77-32-34

Page 564
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
7. Collect the hole/screw
configuration on the result sheet
or by a print of the MCDU
screens. These data are necessary
if you must do a trim balance
with the vectorial method.

8. Push the line key adjacent to the The ENG1(2) SCREWS TO CHANGE menu comes
CONT indication to memorize the into view. Do a print of this page and
screw configuration. if there is more than one page, on the
MCDU keyboard, push the NEXT PAGE
pushbutton and do a print of each page.
If you want to keep this new
configuration push the line key
adjacent to the UPDATE indication.

NOTE : If the line key adjacent to the


____
UPDATE indication is pushed, the
new values replace the values in
the ENG1(2) INSTALLED CURRENT
SCREWS menu.

9. On the MCDU, push the line key


adjacent to the RETURN indication
until the CFDS menu page comes
into view.

(1) On the spinner rear cone change the balance screws as indicated.

(a) Lightly coat the balance screws with graphite grease (Material
No. CP2101).

(b) TORQUE the balance screws to between 65 and 75 lbf.in (0.73 and
0.84 m.daN).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 77-32-34-942-058

A. Remove the warning notice(s).


R

EFF :

010-010, 101-199,  77-32-34

Page 565
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


Trim Balance - One Shot Method


Figure 513/TASK 77-32-34-991-952- 12 (SHEET 1)


R

EFF :

010-010, 101-199,  77-32-34

Page 566
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


Trim Balance - One Shot Method


Figure 513/TASK 77-32-34-991-952- 22 (SHEET 2)


R

EFF :

010-010, 101-199,  77-32-34

Page 567
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

TASK 77-32-34-750-002- 01

Fan Trim Balance with the EVMU (Vectorial Method)

1. __________________
Reason for the Job

You can use this procedure when consecutive fan trim balances with the EVMU
when you use the one shot method did not give significant results. In all
other cases the one shot method is recommended.

2. ______________________
Job Set-up Information

A. Fixtures, Tools, Test and Support Equipment

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE QTY DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

No specific warning notice


R No specific Torque Wrench : range 30.00 to 220.00 lbf.in
R (0.34 to 2.60 m.daN)

B. Consumable Materials

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Material No. CP2101 *


graphite grease (Ref. 70-30-00)

C. Referenced Information

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REFERENCE DESIGNATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

24-41-00-861-002 Energize the Aircraft Electrical Circuits from the


External Power
31-32-00-860-012 Procedure to Get Access to the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST/ENG
Page
77-32-34-869-042 Acquire Unbalance Data During the Flight and Read
Unbalance Data
77-32-34-869-043 Unbalance Parameter Acquisition on the Ground
77-32-34-991-953 Fig. 514



EFF :

010-010, 101-199,  77-32-34

Page 568
Nov 01/09
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

3. __________
Job Set-up

Subtask 77-32-34-861-074

A. Energize the aircraft electrical circuits (Ref. TASK 24-41-00-861-002).

Subtask 77-32-34-865-083

B. Make sure that this(these) circuit breaker(s) is(are) closed:

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PANEL DESIGNATION IDENT. LOCATION
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
121VU ENGINE/ENG1 AND 2/EVMU 1EV R44

Subtask 77-32-34-941-056

C. Safety Precautions

(1) On the center pedestal, on the ENG panel 115VU:

(a) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to start the engine.

(2) Make sure that the engine 1(2) shutdown occurred not less than 5
minutes before you do this procedure.

(3) On the overhead maintenance panel 50VU:

(a) Make sure that the ON legend of the ENG/FADEC GND PWR/1(2)
pushbutton switch is off.

(b) Put a warning notice to tell persons not to energize the FADEC
1(2).

Subtask 77-32-34-860-070

D. Aircraft System Configuration

(1) On the spinner rear cone, record the identification (P0X) and the
position of all the 36 balance screws.

NOTE : The balance screws are identified by a number (P0X) engraved


____
on the screw head.

NOTE : A spherical mark is machined on the spinner rear cone to show


____
the fan blade No.1 location. The fan blade No.1 is to the left


R

EFF :

010-010, 101-199,  77-32-34

Page 569
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

of the mark, forward looking aft (the blades are counted
counterclockwise).

Subtask 77-32-34-869-105

E. Aircraft Maintenance Configuration

(1) To do this procedure flight or ground vibration data must be


available (Ref. TASK 77-32-34-869-042) or (Ref. TASK 77-32-34-869-
043).

(2) On the MCDU 1(2), get the SYSTEM REPORT/TEST ENG page (Ref. TASK 31-
32-00-860-012).

(3) Push the key adjacent to the EVMU indication: the first EVMU page
comes into view.

(4) Push the NEXT PAGE key.

(5) Push the key adjacent to the ENGINE UNBALANCE indication

(6) The EVMU ENGINE UNBALANCE menu comes into view.

4. Procedure
_________

(Ref. Fig. 514/TASK 77-32-34-991-953)

Subtask 77-32-34-750-055

A. Do the fan trim balance.

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

1. Push the line key adjacent to the The EVMU ENG1(2) TRIM BALANCE menu
ENG1(2) TRIM indication. comes into view.

2. Push the line key adjacent to the The EVMU ENG1(2) VECTORIAL TRIM BAL
VECTORIAL TRIM BALANCE CFM56-5A menu comes into view.
indication.

3. Push the line key adjacent to the The EVMU ENG1(2) PREVIOUS INSTALLED
PREVIOUS DATA indication. SCREWS menu comes into view. Compare
the data shown on the ENG1(2) PREVIOUS
INSTALLED SCREWS menu with the data
collected during the One Shot Trim


R

EFF :

010-010, 101-199,  77-32-34

Page 570
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Balancing procedure. If necessary
update the data.

4. After the check of all the 36 The EVMU ENG1(2) PRE BEAR1 VIB INPUT
holes/screw configurations, push menu comes into view. Compare the data
the line key adjacent to the CONT shown on the MCDU screen with the data
indication. collected during the One Shot Trim
Balancing procedure. If necessary
update the data.

5. Push the line key adjacent to the The EVMU ENG1(2) PRE TRF VIB INPUT menu
CONT indication. comes into view. Compare the data shown
on the MCDU screen with the data
collected during the One Shot Trim
Balancing procedure. If necessary
update the data.

6. Push the line key adjacent to the The EVMU ENG1(2) VECTORIAL TRIM BAL
CONT indication. menu comes into view.

7. Push the line key adjacent to the The ENG1(2) CURRENT VIB INPUT menu
SELECT CURRENT DATA indication. comes into view.

8. Push the line key related to the


data that you use to do the trim
balance:
- FLIGHT DATA
- or GROUND DATA
- or MANUAL INPUT.

9. Push the line key adjacent to the The ENG1(2) CURRENT INSTALLED SCREWS
CONT indication. menu comes into view. Compare the data
shown on the MCDU with the data
collected in step D. for all the 36
holes and if necessary, type on the
keyboard the current screw
identification installed (P0X).


R

EFF :

010-010, 101-199,  77-32-34

Page 571
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACTION RESULT
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
10. Push the line key adjacent to The ENG1(2) SCREWS TO CHANGE menu comes
the CONT indication. into view. Do a print of this page and
if there is more than one page, on the
MCDU keyboard, push the NEXT PAGE
pushbutton and do a print of each page.
If you want to keep this new
configuration push the line key
adjacent to the UPDATE indication.

11. On the MCDU, push the line key


adjacent to the RETURN
indication until the CFDS menu
page comes into view.

(1) On the spinner rear cone change the balance screws as indicated.

(a) Lightly coat the balance screws with graphite grease (Material
No. CP2101).

(b) TORQUE balance screws to between 65 and 75 lbf.in (0.73 and 0.84
m.daN).

5. Close-up
________

Subtask 77-32-34-942-059

A. Remove the warning notice(s).


R

EFF :

010-010, 101-199,  77-32-34

Page 572
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


INTENTIONALLY BLANK





 77-32-34

Page 573
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


Trim Balance - Vectorial Method


Figure 514/TASK 77-32-34-991-953- 13 (SHEET 1)



EFF :

010-010, 101-199,  77-32-34

Page 574
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


Trim Balance - Vectorial Method


Figure 514/TASK 77-32-34-991-953- 23 (SHEET 2)



EFF :

010-010, 101-199,  77-32-34

Page 575
May 01/08
 
AAA 

 C F M 
 
 56 


Trim Balance - Vectorial Method


Figure 514/TASK 77-32-34-991-953- 33 (SHEET 3)



EFF :

010-010, 101-199,  77-32-34

Page 576
May 01/08
 
AAA 

You might also like